Adding the engine code and the file enginediff documenting changes from regular IOQ3 engines

This commit is contained in:
Richard Allen 2009-06-28 18:02:02 +00:00
parent ad01e9a850
commit 429e2f632b
734 changed files with 384869 additions and 0 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
build
Makefile.local

4
reaction/engine/BUGS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
- On Solaris/SPARC gcc optimizations higher than -O0 currently lead
to a segfault
https://bugzilla.icculus.org/ for more.

281
reaction/engine/COPYING.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

3150
reaction/engine/ChangeLog Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2176
reaction/engine/Makefile Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1
reaction/engine/NOTTODO Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
http://wiki.ioquake3.org/NotToDo

536
reaction/engine/README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
,---------------------------------------.
| _ _ ____ |
| (_)___ __ _ _ _ __ _| |_____|__ / |
| | / _ \/ _` | || / _` | / / -_)|_ \ |
| |_\___/\__, |\_,_\__,_|_\_\___|___/ |
| |_| |
| |
`---------- http://ioquake3.org --------'
The intent of this project is to provide a baseline Quake 3 which may be used
for further development and baseq3 fun.
Some of the major features currently implemented are:
* SDL backend
* OpenAL sound API support (multiple speaker support and better sound
quality)
* Full x86_64 support on Linux
* VoIP support, both in-game and external support through Mumble.
* MinGW compilation support on Windows and cross compilation support on Linux
* AVI video capture of demos
* Much improved console autocompletion
* Persistent console history
* Colorized terminal output
* Optional Ogg Vorbis support
* Much improved QVM tools
* Support for various esoteric operating systems
* cl_guid support
* HTTP/FTP download redirection (using cURL)
* Multiuser support on Windows systems (user specific game data
is stored in "%APPDATA%\Quake3")
* PNG support
* Many, many bug fixes
The map editor and associated compiling tools are not included. We suggest you
use a modern copy from http://www.qeradiant.com/.
The original id software readme that accompanied the Q3 source release has been
renamed to id-readme.txt so as to prevent confusion. Please refer to the
web-site for updated status.
--------------------------------------------- Compilation and installation -----
For *nix
1. Change to the directory containing this readme.
2. Run 'make'.
For Windows,
1. Please refer to the excellent instructions here:
http://wiki.ioquake3.org/Building_ioquake3
For Mac OS X, building a Universal Binary
1. Install MacOSX SDK packages from XCode. For maximum compatibility,
install MacOSX10.4u.sdk and MacOSX10.3.9.sdk, and MacOSX10.2.8.sdk.
2. Change to the directory containing this README file.
3. Run './make-macosx-ub.sh'
4. Copy the resulting ioquake3.app in /build/release-darwin-ub to your
/Applications/ioquake3 folder.
Installation, for *nix
1. Set the COPYDIR variable in the shell to be where you installed Quake 3
to. By default it will be /usr/local/games/quake3 if you haven't set it.
This is the path as used by the original Linux Q3 installer and subsequent
point releases.
2. Run 'make copyfiles'.
It is also possible to cross compile for Windows under *nix using MinGW. A
script is available to build a cross compilation environment from
http://www.libsdl.org/extras/win32/cross/build-cross.sh. The gcc/binutils
version numbers that the script downloads may need to be altered.
Alternatively, your distribution may have mingw32 packages available. On
debian/Ubuntu, these are mingw32, mingw32-runtime and mingw32-binutils. Cross
compiling is simply a case of using './cross-make-mingw.sh' in place of 'make',
though you may find you need to change the value of the variables in this
script to match your environment.
The following variables may be set, either on the command line or in
Makefile.local:
CFLAGS - use this for custom CFLAGS
V - set to show cc command line when building
DEFAULT_BASEDIR - extra path to search for baseq3 and such
BUILD_SERVER - build the 'ioq3ded' server binary
BUILD_CLIENT - build the 'ioquake3' client binary
BUILD_CLIENT_SMP - build the 'ioquake3-smp' client binary
BUILD_GAME_SO - build the game shared libraries
BUILD_GAME_QVM - build the game qvms
BUILD_STANDALONE - build binaries suited for stand-alone games
USE_OPENAL - use OpenAL where available
USE_OPENAL_DLOPEN - link with OpenAL at runtime
USE_CURL - use libcurl for http/ftp download support
USE_CURL_DLOPEN - link with libcurl at runtime
USE_CODEC_VORBIS - enable Ogg Vorbis support
USE_LOCAL_HEADERS - use headers local to ioq3 instead of system ones
COPYDIR - the target installation directory
The defaults for these variables differ depending on the target platform.
------------------------------------------------------------------ Console -----
New cvars
cl_autoRecordDemo - record a new demo on each map change
cl_aviFrameRate - the framerate to use when capturing video
cl_aviMotionJpeg - use the mjpeg codec when capturing video
cl_guidServerUniq - makes cl_guid unique for each server
cl_cURLLib - filename of cURL library to load
cl_consoleKeys - space delimited list of key names or
characters that toggle the console
s_useOpenAL - use the OpenAL sound backend if available
s_alPrecache - cache OpenAL sounds before use
s_alGain - the value of AL_GAIN for each source
s_alSources - the total number of sources (memory) to
allocate
s_alDopplerFactor - the value passed to alDopplerFactor
s_alDopplerSpeed - the value passed to alDopplerVelocity
s_alMinDistance - the value of AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE for
each source
s_alMaxDistance - the maximum distance before sounds start
to become inaudible.
s_alRolloff - the value of AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR for each
source
s_alGraceDistance - after having passed MaxDistance, length
until sounds are completely inaudible
s_alDriver - which OpenAL library to use
s_alDevice - which OpenAL device to use
s_alAvailableDevices - list of available OpenAL devices
s_sdlBits - SDL bit resolution
s_sdlSpeed - SDL sample rate
s_sdlChannels - SDL number of channels
s_sdlDevSamps - SDL DMA buffer size override
s_sdlMixSamps - SDL mix buffer size override
com_ansiColor - enable use of ANSI escape codes in the tty
com_altivec - enable use of altivec on PowerPC systems
com_standalone - Run in standalone mode
com_maxfpsUnfocused - Maximum frames per second when unfocused
com_maxfpsMinimized - Maximum frames per second when minimized
s_backend - read only, indicates the current sound
backend
s_muteWhenMinimized - mute sound when minimized
in_joystickNo - select which joystick to use
in_keyboardDebug - print keyboard debug info
r_ext_texture_filter_anisotropic - anisotropic texture filtering
sv_dlURL - the base of the HTTP or FTP site that
holds custom pk3 files for your server
net_ip6 - IPv6 address to bind to
net_port6 - port to bind to using the ipv6 address
net_enabled - enable networking, bitmask. Add up
number for option to enable it:
enable ipv4 networking: 1
enable ipv6 networking: 2
prioritise ipv6 over ipv4: 4
disable multicast support: 8
net_mcast6addr - multicast address to use for scanning for
ipv6 servers on the local network
net_mcastiface - outgoing interface to use for scan
r_zProj - distance of observer camera to projection
plane in quake3 standard units
r_greyscale - render black and white images
r_stereoEnabled - enable stereo rendering for techniques
like shutter glasses (untested)
r_anaglyphMode - Enable rendering of anaglyph images
red-cyan glasses: 1
red-blue: 2
red-green: 3
To swap the colors for left and right eye
just add 3 to the value for the wanted
color combination. For red-blue and
red-green you probably want to enable
r_greyscale
r_stereoSeparation - Control eye separation. Resulting
separation is r_zProj divided by this
value in quake3 standard units.
See also
http://wiki.ioquake3.org/Stereo_Rendering
for more information
r_sdlDriver - read only, indicates the SDL driver
backend being used
sv_banFile - Name of the file that is used for storing
the server bans.
New commands
video [filename] - start video capture (use with demo command)
stopvideo - stop video capture
print - print out the contents of a cvar
banaddr <range> - ban an ip address range from joining a game on this
server, valid <range> is either playernum or CIDR
notation address range.
exceptaddr <range> - exempt an ip address range from a ban.
bandel <range> - delete ban (either range or ban number)
exceptdel <range> - delete exception (either range or exception number)
listbans - list all currently active bans and exceptions
rehashbans - reload the banlist from serverbans.dat
flushbans - delete all bans
net_restart - restart network subsystem to change latched settings
------------------------------------------------------------ Miscellaneous -----
Using shared libraries instead of qvm
To force Q3 to use shared libraries instead of qvms run it with the following
parameters: +set sv_pure 0 +set vm_cgame 0 +set vm_game 0 +set vm_ui 0
Using Demo Data Files
Copy demoq3/pak0.pk3 from the demo installer to your baseq3 directory. The
qvm files in this pak0.pk3 will not work, so you have to use the native
shared libraries or qvms from this project. To use the new qvms, they must be
put into a pk3 file. A pk3 file is just a zip file, so any compression tool
that can create such files will work. The shared libraries should already be
in the correct place. Use the instructions above to use them.
Please bear in mind that you will not be able to play online using the demo
data, nor is it something that we like to spend much time maintaining or
supporting.
64bit mods
If you wish to compile external mods as shared libraries on a 64bit platform,
and the mod source is derived from the id Q3 SDK, you will need to modify the
interface code a little. Open the files ending in _syscalls.c and change
every instance of int to intptr_t in the declaration of the syscall function
pointer and the dllEntry function. Also find the vmMain function for each
module (usually in cg_main.c g_main.c etc.) and similarly replace the return
value in the prototype with intptr_t (arg0, arg1, ...stay int).
Add the following code snippet to q_shared.h:
#ifdef Q3_VM
typedef int intptr_t;
#else
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
Note if you simply wish to run mods on a 64bit platform you do not need to
recompile anything since by default Q3 uses a virtual machine system.
Creating mods compatible with Q3 1.32b
If you're using this package to create mods for the last official release of
Q3, it is necessary to pass the commandline option '-vq3' to your invocation
of q3asm. This is because by default q3asm outputs an updated qvm format that
is necessary to fix a bug involving the optimizing pass of the x86 vm JIT
compiler.
Creating standalone games
Have you finished the daunting task of removing all dependencies on the Q3
game data? You probably now want to give your users the opportunity to play
the game without owning a copy of Q3, which consequently means removing cd-key
and authentication server checks. In addition to being a straightforward Q3
client, ioquake3 also purports to be a reliable and stable code base on which
to base your game project.
However, before you start compiling your own version of ioquake3, you have to
ask yourself: Have we changed or will we need to change anything of importance
in the engine?
If your answer to this question is "no", it probably makes no sense to build
your own binaries. Instead, you can just use the pre-built binaries on the
website. Just make sure the game is called with:
+set com_standalone 1 +set fs_game <yourgamedir>
in any links/scripts you install for your users to start the game. Note that
the com_standalone setting is rendered ineffective, if the binary detects pk3
files in the directory "baseq3", so you cannot use that one as game dir.
If you really changed parts that would make vanilla ioquake3 incompatible with
your mod, we have included another way to conveniently build a stand-alone
binary. Just run make with the option BUILD_STANDALONE=1. Don't forget to edit
the PRODUCT_NAME and subsequent #defines in qcommon/q_shared.h with
information appropriate for your project.
While a lot of work has been put into ioquake3 that you can benefit from free
of charge, it does not mean that you have no obligations to fulfil. Please be
aware that as soon as you start distributing your game with an engine based on
our sources we expect you to fully comply with the requirements as stated in
the GPL. That includes making sources and modifications you made to the
ioquake3 engine as well as the game-code used to compile the .qvm files for
the game logic freely available to everyone. Furthermore, note that the "QIIIA
Game Source License" prohibits distribution of mods that are intended to
operate on a version of Q3 not sanctioned by id software:
"with this Agreement, ID grants to you the non-exclusive and limited right
to distribute copies of the Software ... for operation only with the full
version of the software game QUAKE III ARENA"
This means that if you're creating a standalone game, you cannot use said
license on any portion of the product. As the only other license this code has
been released under is the GPL, this is the only option.
This does NOT mean that you cannot market this game commercially. The GPL does
not prohibit commercial exploitation and all assets (e.g. textures, sounds,
maps) created by yourself are your property and can be sold like every other
game you find in stores.
cl_guid Support
cl_guid is a cvar which is part of the client's USERINFO string. Its value
is a 32 character string made up of [a-f] and [0-9] characters. This
value is pseudo-unique for every player. Id's Quake 3 Arena client also
sets cl_guid, but only if Punkbuster is enabled on the client.
If cl_guidServerUniq is non-zero (the default), then this value is also
pseudo-unique for each server a client connects to (based on IP:PORT of
the server).
The purpose of cl_guid is to add an identifier for each player on
a server. This value can be reset by the client at any time so it's not
useful for blocking access. However, it can have at least two uses in
your mod's game code:
1) improve logging to allow statistical tools to index players by more
than just name
2) granting some weak admin rights to players without requiring passwords
Using HTTP/FTP Download Support (Server)
You can enable redirected downloads on your server even if it's not
an ioquake3 server. You simply need to use the 'sets' command to put
the sv_dlURL cvar into your SERVERINFO string and ensure sv_allowDownloads
is set to 1
sv_dlURL is the base of the URL that contains your custom .pk3 files
the client will append both fs_game and the filename to the end of
this value. For example, if you have sv_dlURL set to
"http://ioquake3.org", fs_game is "baseq3", and the client is
missing "test.pk3", it will attempt to download from the URL
"http://ioquake3.org/baseq3/test.pk3"
sv_allowDownload's value is now a bitmask made up of the following
flags:
1 - ENABLE
2 - do not use HTTP/FTP downloads
4 - do not use UDP downloads
8 - do not ask the client to disconnect when using HTTP/FTP
Server operators who are concerned about potential "leeching" from their
HTTP servers from other ioquake3 servers can make use of the HTTP_REFERER
that ioquake3 sets which is "ioQ3://{SERVER_IP}:{SERVER_PORT}". For,
example, Apache's mod_rewrite can restrict access based on HTTP_REFERER.
Using HTTP/FTP Download Support (Client)
Simply setting cl_allowDownload to 1 will enable HTTP/FTP downloads
assuming ioquake3 was compiled with USE_CURL=1 (the default).
like sv_allowDownload, cl_allowDownload also uses a bitmask value
supporting the following flags:
1 - ENABLE
2 - do not use HTTP/FTP downloads
4 - do not use UDP downloads
When ioquake3 is built with USE_CURL_DLOPEN=1 (default on some platforms),
it will use the value of the cvar cl_cURLLib as the filename of the cURL
library to dynamically load.
Multiuser Support on Windows systems
On Windows, all user specific files such as autogenerated configuration,
demos, videos, screenshots, and autodownloaded pk3s are now saved in a
directory specific to the user who is running ioquake3.
On NT-based such as Windows XP, this is usually a directory named:
"C:\Documents and Settings\%USERNAME%\Application Data\Quake3\"
Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows ME will use a directory like:
"C:\Windows\Application Data\Quake3"
in single-user mode, or:
"C:\Windows\Profiles\%USERNAME%\Application Data\Quake3"
if multiple logins have been enabled.
In order to access this directory more easily, the installer may create a
Shortcut which has its target set to:
"%APPDATA%\Quake3\"
This Shortcut would work for all users on the system regardless of the
locale settings. Unfortunately, this environment variable is only
present on Windows NT based systems.
You can revert to the old single-user behaviour by setting the fs_homepath
cvar to the directory where ioquake3 is installed. For example:
ioquake3.exe +set fs_homepath "c:\ioquake3"
Note that this cvar MUST be set as a command line parameter.
SDL Keyboard Differences
ioquake3 clients have different keyboard behaviour compared to the original
Quake3 clients.
* "Caps Lock" and "Num Lock" can not be used as normal binds since they
do not send a KEYUP event until the key is pressed again.
* SDL > 1.2.9 does not support disabling dead key recognition. In order to
send dead key characters (e.g. ~, ', `, and ^), you must key a Space (or
sometimes the same character again) after the character to send it on
many international keyboard layouts.
* The SDL client supports many more keys than the original Quake3 client.
For example the keys: "Windows", "SysReq", "ScrollLock", and "Break".
For non-US keyboards, all of the so called "World" keys are now supported
as well as F13, F14, F15, and the country-specific mode/meta keys.
On many international layouts the default console toggle keys are also dead
keys, meaning that dropping the console potentially results in
unintentionally initiating the keying of a dead key. Futhermore SDL 1.2's
dead key support is broken by design and Q3 doesn't support non-ASCII text
entry, so the chances are you won't get the correct character anyway.
If you use such a keyboard layout, you can set the cvar cl_consoleKeys. This
is a space delimited list of key names that will toggle the console. The key
names are the usual Q3 names e.g. "~", "`", "c", "BACKSPACE", "PAUSE",
"WINDOWS" etc. It's also possible to use ASCII characters, by hexadecimal
number. Some example values for cl_consoleKeys:
"~ ` 0x7e 0x60" Toggle on ~ or ` (the default)
"WINDOWS" Toggle on the Windows key
"c" Toggle on the c key
"0x43" Toggle on the C character (Shift-c)
"PAUSE F1 PGUP" Toggle on the Pause, F1 or Page Up keys
Note that when you elect a set of console keys or characters, they cannot
then be used for binding, nor will they generate characters when entering
text. Also, in addition to the nominated console keys, Shift-ESC is hard
coded to always toggle the console.
Mouse Input On Windows
ioq3 uses SDL to abstract away as much as possible from platform specific
implementation details. Unfortunately, SDL 1.2 suffers from a number of bugs
and limitations with respect to mouse input on the Windows platform. We
provide a patch against the SDL subversion 1.2 branch which fixes the
following problems:
* DirectX (and thus DirectInput) driver not functional when using an
OpenGL SDL_Surface.
* DirectX (and thus DirectInput) driver not functional in windowed mode.
* Mouse buttons 4-7 unusable with the DirectX driver due to DirectInput 5
not exposing the required functionality. Use DirectInput 7 instead.
* Low quality mouse input data when using the windib driver due to use of
WM_MOUSEMOVE events. Use GetCursorPos API call instead.
The patch can be found in misc/sdl-win32-fixes.diff.
PNG support
ioquake3 supports the use of PNG (Portable Network Graphic) images as
textures. It should be noted that the use of such images in a map will
result in missing placeholder textures where the map is used with the id
Quake 3 client or earlier versions of ioquake3.
Recent versions of GtkRadiant and q3map2 support PNG images without
modification. However GtkRadiant is not aware that PNG textures are supported
by ioquake3. To change this behaviour open the file 'q3.game' in the 'games'
directory of the GtkRadiant base directory with an editor and change the
line:
texturetypes="tga jpg"
to
texturetypes="tga jpg png"
Restart GtkRadiant and PNG textures are now available.
Building with MinGW for pre Windows XP
IPv6 support requires a header named "wspiapi.h" to abstract away from
differences in earlier versions of Windows' IPv6 stack. There is no MinGW
equivalent of this header and the Microsoft version is obviously not
redistributable, so in its absence we're forced to require Windows XP.
However if this header is acquired separately and placed in the qcommon/
directory, this restriction is lifted.
------------------------------------------------------------- Contributing -----
Please send all patches to bugzilla (https://bugzilla.icculus.org), or join the
mailing list (quake3-subscribe@icculus.org) and submit your patch there. The
best case scenario is that you submit your patch to bugzilla, and then post the
URL to the mailing list.
The focus for ioq3 is to develop a stable base suitable for further development
and provide players with the same Quake 3 experience they've had for years. As
such ioq3 does not have any significant graphical enhancements and none are
planned at this time. However, improved graphics and sound patches will be
accepted as long as they are entirely optional, do not require new media and
are off by default.
--------------------------------------------- Building Official Installers -----
We need help getting automated installers on all the platforms that ioquake3
supports. We don't neccesarily care about all the installers being identical,
but we have some general guidelines:
* Please include the id patch pk3s in your installer, which are available
from http://ioquake3.org/patch-data/ subject to agreement to the id
EULA. Your installer shall also ask the user to agree to this EULA (which
is in the /web/include directory for your convenience) and subsequently
refuse to continue the installation of the patch pk3s and pak0.pk3 if they
do not.
* Please don't require pak0.pk3, since not everyone using the engine
plans on playing Quake 3 Arena on it. It's fine to (optionally) assist the
user in copying the file or tell them how.
* It is fine to just install the binaries without requiring id EULA agreement,
providing pak0.pk3 and the patch pk3s are not refered to or included in the
installer.
* Please include at least an SDL so/dylib/dll on every platform.
* Please include an OpenAL so/dylib/dll, since every platform should be using
it by now.
* Please contact the mailing list when you've made your installer.
* Please be prepared to alter your installer on the whim of the maintainers.
* Your installer will be mirrored to an "official" directory, thus making it
a done deal.
------------------------------------------------------------------ Credits -----
Maintainers
Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
Thilo Schulz <arny@ats.s.bawue.de>
Tim Angus <tim@ngus.net>
Tony J. White <tjw@tjw.org>
Zachary J. Slater <zachary@ioquake.org>
Significant contributions from
Ryan C. Gordon <icculus@icculus.org>
Andreas Kohn <andreas@syndrom23.de>
Joerg Dietrich <Dietrich_Joerg@t-online.de>
Stuart Dalton <badcdev@gmail.com>
Vincent S. Cojot <vincent at cojot dot name>
optical <alex@rigbo.se>
Aaron Gyes <floam@aaron.gy>

1
reaction/engine/TODO Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
http://wiki.ioquake3.org/Ioquake3_Road_Map

View file

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
This file identifies the version of the AL headers in this directory. If you
change or update the AL headers in any way, please make sure you also update
this file.
SVN revision >= 402
-------------------
Headers are from OpenAL CVS 6th August 2005:
$ cvs -d:pserver:guest@opensource.creative.com:/usr/local/cvs-repository
login
(use password "guest")
$ cvs -d:pserver:guest@opensource.creative.com:/usr/local/cvs-repository
co -D "6 Aug 2005" openal
SVN revision >= 374
-------------------
Standard OpenAL 1.0 headers

View file

@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
#ifndef __al_h_
#define __al_h_
/**
* OpenAL cross platform audio library
* Copyright (C) 1999-2000 by authors.
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
* Or go to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
*/
#include "altypes.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* WIN32, not Xbox */
#ifdef _WIN32
#ifndef _XBOX
#ifdef _OPENAL32LIB
#define ALAPI __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define ALAPI __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#define ALAPIENTRY __cdecl
#define AL_CALLBACK
#endif
#endif
#ifdef TARGET_OS_MAC
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#pragma export on
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ALAPI
#define ALAPI
#endif
#ifndef ALAPIENTRY
#define ALAPIENTRY
#endif
#ifndef CALLBACK
#define AL_CALLBACK
#endif
#define OPENAL
#ifndef AL_NO_PROTOTYPES
/*
* Renderer State management
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alEnable( ALenum capability );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alDisable( ALenum capability );
ALAPI ALboolean ALAPIENTRY alIsEnabled( ALenum capability );
/*
* State retrieval
*/
ALAPI const ALchar* ALAPIENTRY alGetString( ALenum param );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBooleanv( ALenum param, ALboolean* data );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetIntegerv( ALenum param, ALint* data );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetFloatv( ALenum param, ALfloat* data );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetDoublev( ALenum param, ALdouble* data );
ALAPI ALboolean ALAPIENTRY alGetBoolean( ALenum param );
ALAPI ALint ALAPIENTRY alGetInteger( ALenum param );
ALAPI ALfloat ALAPIENTRY alGetFloat( ALenum param );
ALAPI ALdouble ALAPIENTRY alGetDouble( ALenum param );
/*
* Error support.
* Obtain the most recent error generated in the AL state machine.
*/
ALAPI ALenum ALAPIENTRY alGetError( ALvoid );
/*
* Extension support.
* Query for the presence of an extension, and obtain any appropriate
* function pointers and enum values.
*/
ALAPI ALboolean ALAPIENTRY alIsExtensionPresent( const ALchar* extname );
ALAPI void* ALAPIENTRY alGetProcAddress( const ALchar* fname );
ALAPI ALenum ALAPIENTRY alGetEnumValue( const ALchar* ename );
/*
* LISTENER
* Listener represents the location and orientation of the
* 'user' in 3D-space.
*
* Properties include: -
*
* Gain AL_GAIN ALfloat
* Position AL_POSITION ALfloat[3]
* Velocity AL_VELOCITY ALfloat[3]
* Orientation AL_ORIENTATION ALfloat[6] (Forward then Up vectors)
*/
/*
* Set Listener parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alListenerf( ALenum param, ALfloat value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alListener3f( ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alListenerfv( ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alListeneri( ALenum param, ALint value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alListener3i( ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alListeneriv( ALenum param, const ALint* values );
/*
* Get Listener parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetListenerf( ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetListener3f( ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetListenerfv( ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetListeneri( ALenum param, ALint* value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetListener3i( ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetListeneriv( ALenum param, ALint* values );
/**
* SOURCE
* Sources represent individual sound objects in 3D-space.
* Sources take the PCM data provided in the specified Buffer,
* apply Source-specific modifications, and then
* submit them to be mixed according to spatial arrangement etc.
*
* Properties include: -
*
* Gain AL_GAIN ALfloat
* Min Gain AL_MIN_GAIN ALfloat
* Max Gain AL_MAX_GAIN ALfloat
* Position AL_POSITION ALfloat[3]
* Velocity AL_VELOCITY ALfloat[3]
* Direction AL_DIRECTION ALfloat[3]
* Head Relative Mode AL_SOURCE_RELATIVE ALint (AL_TRUE or AL_FALSE)
* Reference Distance AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE ALfloat
* Max Distance AL_MAX_DISTANCE ALfloat
* RollOff Factor AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR ALfloat
* Inner Angle AL_CONE_INNER_ANGLE ALint or ALfloat
* Outer Angle AL_CONE_OUTER_ANGLE ALint or ALfloat
* Cone Outer Gain AL_CONE_OUTER_GAIN ALint or ALfloat
* Pitch AL_PITCH ALfloat
* Looping AL_LOOPING ALint (AL_TRUE or AL_FALSE)
* MS Offset AL_MSEC_OFFSET ALint or ALfloat
* Byte Offset AL_BYTE_OFFSET ALint or ALfloat
* Sample Offset AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET ALint or ALfloat
* Attached Buffer AL_BUFFER ALint
* State (Query only) AL_SOURCE_STATE ALint
* Buffers Queued (Query only) AL_BUFFERS_QUEUED ALint
* Buffers Processed (Query only) AL_BUFFERS_PROCESSED ALint
*/
/* Create Source objects */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGenSources( ALsizei n, ALuint* sources );
/* Delete Source objects */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alDeleteSources( ALsizei n, const ALuint* sources );
/* Verify a handle is a valid Source */
ALAPI ALboolean ALAPIENTRY alIsSource( ALuint sid );
/*
* Set Source parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcef( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSource3f( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcefv( ALuint sid, ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcei( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSource3i( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceiv( ALuint sid, ALenum param, const ALint* values );
/*
* Get Source parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetSourcef( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetSource3f( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value1, ALfloat* value2, ALfloat* value3);
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetSourcefv( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetSourcei( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetSource3i( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* value1, ALint* value2, ALint* value3);
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetSourceiv( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* values );
/*
* Source vector based playback calls
*/
/* Play, replay, or resume (if paused) a list of Sources */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcePlayv( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
/* Stop a list of Sources */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceStopv( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
/* Rewind a list of Sources */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceRewindv( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
/* Pause a list of Sources */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcePausev( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
/*
* Source based playback calls
*/
/* Play, replay, or resume a Source */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcePlay( ALuint sid );
/* Stop a Source */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceStop( ALuint sid );
/* Rewind a Source (set playback postiton to beginning) */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceRewind( ALuint sid );
/* Pause a Source */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourcePause( ALuint sid );
/*
* Source Queuing
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceQueueBuffers( ALuint sid, ALsizei numEntries, const ALuint *bids );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSourceUnqueueBuffers( ALuint sid, ALsizei numEntries, ALuint *bids );
/**
* BUFFER
* Buffer objects are storage space for sample data.
* Buffers are referred to by Sources. One Buffer can be used
* by multiple Sources.
*
* Properties include: -
*
* Frequency (Query only) AL_FREQUENCY ALint
* Size (Query only) AL_SIZE ALint
* Bits (Query only) AL_BITS ALint
* Channels (Query only) AL_CHANNELS ALint
*/
/* Create Buffer objects */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGenBuffers( ALsizei n, ALuint* buffers );
/* Delete Buffer objects */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alDeleteBuffers( ALsizei n, const ALuint* buffers );
/* Verify a handle is a valid Buffer */
ALAPI ALboolean ALAPIENTRY alIsBuffer( ALuint bid );
/* Specify the data to be copied into a buffer */
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBufferData( ALuint bid, ALenum format, const ALvoid* data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq );
/*
* Set Buffer parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBufferf( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBuffer3f( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBufferfv( ALuint bid, ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBufferi( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBuffer3i( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alBufferiv( ALuint bid, ALenum param, const ALint* values );
/*
* Get Buffer parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBufferf( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBuffer3f( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value1, ALfloat* value2, ALfloat* value3);
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBufferfv( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBufferi( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBuffer3i( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* value1, ALint* value2, ALint* value3);
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alGetBufferiv( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* values );
/*
* Global Parameters
*/
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alDopplerFactor( ALfloat value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alDopplerVelocity( ALfloat value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alSpeedOfSound( ALfloat value );
ALAPI void ALAPIENTRY alDistanceModel( ALenum distanceModel );
#else /* AL_NO_PROTOTYPES */
/*
void (ALAPIENTRY *alEnable)( ALenum capability );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alDisable)( ALenum capability );
ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *alIsEnabled)( ALenum capability );
const ALchar* (ALAPIENTRY *alGetString)( ALenum param );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBooleanv)( ALenum param, ALboolean* data );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetIntegerv)( ALenum param, ALint* data );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetFloatv)( ALenum param, ALfloat* data );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetDoublev)( ALenum param, ALdouble* data );
ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBoolean)( ALenum param );
ALint (ALAPIENTRY *alGetInteger)( ALenum param );
ALfloat (ALAPIENTRY *alGetFloat)( ALenum param );
ALdouble (ALAPIENTRY *alGetDouble)( ALenum param );
ALenum (ALAPIENTRY *alGetError)( ALvoid );
ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *alIsExtensionPresent)(const ALchar* extname );
void* (ALAPIENTRY *alGetProcAddress)( const ALchar* fname );
ALenum (ALAPIENTRY *alGetEnumValue)( const ALchar* ename );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alListenerf)( ALenum param, ALfloat value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alListener3f)( ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alListenerfv)( ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alListeneri)( ALenum param, ALint value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alListener3i)( ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alListeneriv)( ALenum param, const ALint* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetListenerf)( ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetListener3f)( ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetListenerfv)( ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetListeneri)( ALenum param, ALint* value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetListener3i)( ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetListeneriv)( ALenum param, ALint* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGenSources)( ALsizei n, ALuint* sources );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alDeleteSources)( ALsizei n, const ALuint* sources );
ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *alIsSource)( ALuint sid );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcef)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSource3f)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcefv)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcei)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint value);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSource3i)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceiv)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, const ALint* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetSourcef)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetSource3f)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value1, ALfloat* value2, ALfloat* value3);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetSourcefv)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetSourcei)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetSource3i)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* value1, ALint* value2, ALint* value3);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetSourceiv)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcePlayv)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceStopv)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceRewindv)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcePausev)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcePlay)( ALuint sid );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceStop)( ALuint sid );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceRewind)( ALuint sid );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourcePause)( ALuint sid );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceQueueBuffers)( ALuint sid, ALsizei numEntries, const ALuint *bids );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSourceUnqueueBuffers)( ALuint sid, ALsizei numEntries, ALuint *bids );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGenBuffers)( ALsizei n, ALuint* buffers );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alDeleteBuffers)( ALsizei n, const ALuint* buffers );
ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *alIsBuffer)( ALuint bid );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBufferData)( ALuint bid, ALenum format, const ALvoid* data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBufferf)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBuffer3f)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBufferfv)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBufferi)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint value);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBuffer3i)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alBufferiv)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, const ALint* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBufferf)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBuffer3f)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value1, ALfloat* value2, ALfloat* value3);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBufferfv)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBufferi)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBuffer3i)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* value1, ALint* value2, ALint* value3);
void (ALAPIENTRY *alGetBufferiv)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* values );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alDopplerFactor)( ALfloat value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alDopplerVelocity)( ALfloat value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alSpeedOfSound)( ALfloat value );
void (ALAPIENTRY *alDistanceModel)( ALenum distanceModel );
*/
/* Type Definitions */
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALENABLE)( ALenum capability );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALDISABLE)( ALenum capability );
typedef ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *LPALISENABLED)( ALenum capability );
typedef const ALchar* (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSTRING)( ALenum param );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBOOLEANV)( ALenum param, ALboolean* data );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETINTEGERV)( ALenum param, ALint* data );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETFLOATV)( ALenum param, ALfloat* data );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETDOUBLEV)( ALenum param, ALdouble* data );
typedef ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBOOLEAN)( ALenum param );
typedef ALint (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETINTEGER)( ALenum param );
typedef ALfloat (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETFLOAT)( ALenum param );
typedef ALdouble (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETDOUBLE)( ALenum param );
typedef ALenum (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETERROR)( ALvoid );
typedef ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *LPALISEXTENSIONPRESENT)(const ALchar* extname );
typedef void* (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETPROCADDRESS)( const ALchar* fname );
typedef ALenum (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETENUMVALUE)( const ALchar* ename );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALLISTENERF)( ALenum param, ALfloat value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALLISTENER3F)( ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALLISTENERFV)( ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALLISTENERI)( ALenum param, ALint value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALLISTENER3I)( ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALLISTENERIV)( ALenum param, const ALint* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERF)( ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENER3F)( ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERFV)( ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERI)( ALenum param, ALint* value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENER3I)( ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERIV)( ALenum param, ALint* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGENSOURCES)( ALsizei n, ALuint* sources );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALDELETESOURCES)( ALsizei n, const ALuint* sources );
typedef ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *LPALISSOURCE)( ALuint sid );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEF)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCE3F)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEFV)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEI)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint value);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCE3I)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEIV)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, const ALint* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEF)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCE3F)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value1, ALfloat* value2, ALfloat* value3);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEFV)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEI)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCE3I)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* value1, ALint* value2, ALint* value3);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEIV)( ALuint sid, ALenum param, ALint* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPLAYV)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCESTOPV)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEREWINDV)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPAUSEV)( ALsizei ns, const ALuint *sids );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPLAY)( ALuint sid );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCESTOP)( ALuint sid );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEREWIND)( ALuint sid );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPAUSE)( ALuint sid );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEQUEUEBUFFERS)(ALuint sid, ALsizei numEntries, const ALuint *bids );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSOURCEUNQUEUEBUFFERS)(ALuint sid, ALsizei numEntries, ALuint *bids );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGENBUFFERS)( ALsizei n, ALuint* buffers );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALDELETEBUFFERS)( ALsizei n, const ALuint* buffers );
typedef ALboolean (ALAPIENTRY *LPALISBUFFER)( ALuint bid );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFERDATA)( ALuint bid, ALenum format, const ALvoid* data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFERF)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFER3F)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFERFV)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, const ALfloat* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFERI)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint value);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFER3I)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3 );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALBUFFERIV)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, const ALint* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERF)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFER3F)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* value1, ALfloat* value2, ALfloat* value3);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERFV)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALfloat* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERI)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFER3I)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* value1, ALint* value2, ALint* value3);
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERIV)( ALuint bid, ALenum param, ALint* values );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALDOPPLERFACTOR)( ALfloat value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALDOPPLERVELOCITY)( ALfloat value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALSPEEDOFSOUND)( ALfloat value );
typedef void (ALAPIENTRY *LPALDISTANCEMODEL)( ALenum distanceModel );
#endif /* AL_NO_PROTOTYPES */
#ifdef TARGET_OS_MAC
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#pragma export off
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* __al_h_ */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
#ifndef ALC_CONTEXT_H_
#define ALC_CONTEXT_H_
#include "altypes.h"
#include "alctypes.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define ALC_VERSION_0_1 1
#ifdef _WIN32
typedef struct ALCdevice_struct ALCdevice;
typedef struct ALCcontext_struct ALCcontext;
#ifndef _XBOX
#ifdef _OPENAL32LIB
#define ALCAPI __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define ALCAPI __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#define ALCAPIENTRY __cdecl
#endif
#endif
#ifdef TARGET_OS_MAC
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#pragma export on
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ALCAPI
#define ALCAPI
#endif
#ifndef ALCAPIENTRY
#define ALCAPIENTRY
#endif
#ifndef ALC_NO_PROTOTYPES
/*
* Context Management
*/
ALCAPI ALCcontext * ALCAPIENTRY alcCreateContext( ALCdevice *device, const ALCint* attrlist );
ALCAPI ALCboolean ALCAPIENTRY alcMakeContextCurrent( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcProcessContext( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcSuspendContext( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcDestroyContext( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI ALCcontext * ALCAPIENTRY alcGetCurrentContext( ALCvoid );
ALCAPI ALCdevice* ALCAPIENTRY alcGetContextsDevice( ALCcontext *context );
/*
* Device Management
*/
ALCAPI ALCdevice * ALCAPIENTRY alcOpenDevice( const ALchar *devicename );
ALCAPI ALCboolean ALCAPIENTRY alcCloseDevice( ALCdevice *device );
/*
* Error support.
* Obtain the most recent Context error
*/
ALCAPI ALCenum ALCAPIENTRY alcGetError( ALCdevice *device );
/*
* Extension support.
* Query for the presence of an extension, and obtain any appropriate
* function pointers and enum values.
*/
ALCAPI ALCboolean ALCAPIENTRY alcIsExtensionPresent( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname );
ALCAPI void * ALCAPIENTRY alcGetProcAddress( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname );
ALCAPI ALCenum ALCAPIENTRY alcGetEnumValue( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname );
/*
* Query functions
*/
ALCAPI const ALCchar * ALCAPIENTRY alcGetString( ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcGetIntegerv( ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *data );
/*
* Capture functions
*/
ALCAPI ALCdevice* ALCAPIENTRY alcCaptureOpenDevice( const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize );
ALCAPI ALCboolean ALCAPIENTRY alcCaptureCloseDevice( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcCaptureStart( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcCaptureStop( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI void ALCAPIENTRY alcCaptureSamples( ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples );
#else /* ALC_NO_PROTOTYPES */
/*
ALCAPI ALCcontext * (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCreateContext)( ALCdevice *device, const ALCint* attrlist );
ALCAPI ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *alcMakeContextCurrent)( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcProcessContext)( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcSuspendContext)( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcDestroyContext)( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI ALCcontext * (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetCurrentContext)( ALCvoid );
ALCAPI ALCdevice * (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetContextsDevice)( ALCcontext *context );
ALCAPI ALCdevice * (ALCAPIENTRY *alcOpenDevice)( const ALCchar *devicename );
ALCAPI ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCloseDevice)( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI ALCenum (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetError)( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *alcIsExtensionPresent)( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname );
ALCAPI void * (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetProcAddress)( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname );
ALCAPI ALCenum (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetEnumValue)( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname );
ALCAPI const ALCchar* (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetString)( ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcGetIntegerv)( ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *dest );
ALCAPI ALCdevice * (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCaptureOpenDevice)( const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize );
ALCAPI ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCaptureCloseDevice)( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCaptureStart)( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCaptureStop)( ALCdevice *device );
ALCAPI void (ALCAPIENTRY *alcCaptureSamples)( ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples );
*/
/* Type definitions */
typedef ALCcontext * (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCREATECONTEXT) (ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attrlist);
typedef ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCMAKECONTEXTCURRENT)( ALCcontext *context );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCPROCESSCONTEXT)( ALCcontext *context );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCSUSPENDCONTEXT)( ALCcontext *context );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCDESTROYCONTEXT)( ALCcontext *context );
typedef ALCcontext * (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETCURRENTCONTEXT)( ALCvoid );
typedef ALCdevice * (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETCONTEXTSDEVICE)( ALCcontext *context );
typedef ALCdevice * (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCOPENDEVICE)( const ALCchar *devicename );
typedef ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCLOSEDEVICE)( ALCdevice *device );
typedef ALCenum (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETERROR)( ALCdevice *device );
typedef ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCISEXTENSIONPRESENT)( ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname );
typedef void * (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETPROCADDRESS)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname );
typedef ALCenum (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETENUMVALUE)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname );
typedef const ALCchar* (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETSTRING)( ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCGETINTEGERV)( ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *dest );
typedef ALCdevice * (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCAPTUREOPENDEVICE)( const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize );
typedef ALCboolean (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURECLOSEDEVICE)( ALCdevice *device );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESTART)( ALCdevice *device );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESTOP)( ALCdevice *device );
typedef void (ALCAPIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESAMPLES)( ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples );
#endif /* ALC_NO_PROTOTYPES */
#ifdef TARGET_OS_MAC
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#pragma export off
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ALC_CONTEXT_H_ */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
#ifndef _ALCTYPES_H_
#define _ALCTYPES_H_
#if !defined(_WIN32)
struct _AL_device;
typedef struct _AL_device ALCdevice;
typedef void ALCcontext;
#endif /* _WIN32 */
typedef int ALCenum;
/** ALC boolean type. */
typedef char ALCboolean;
/** ALC 8bit signed byte. */
typedef char ALCbyte;
/** ALC 8bit unsigned byte. */
typedef unsigned char ALCubyte;
/** OpenAL 8bit char */
typedef char ALCchar;
/** ALC 16bit signed short integer type. */
typedef short ALCshort;
/** ALC 16bit unsigned short integer type. */
typedef unsigned short ALCushort;
/** ALC 32bit unsigned integer type. */
typedef unsigned ALCuint;
/** ALC 32bit signed integer type. */
typedef int ALCint;
/** ALC 32bit floating point type. */
typedef float ALCfloat;
/** ALC 64bit double point type. */
typedef double ALCdouble;
/** ALC 32bit type. */
typedef int ALCsizei;
/** ALC void type */
typedef void ALCvoid;
/* Enumerant values begin at column 50. No tabs. */
/* bad value */
#define ALC_INVALID 0
/* Boolean False. */
#define ALC_FALSE 0
/* Boolean True. */
#define ALC_TRUE 1
/**
* followed by <int> Hz
*/
#define ALC_FREQUENCY 0x1007
/**
* followed by <int> Hz
*/
#define ALC_REFRESH 0x1008
/**
* followed by AL_TRUE, AL_FALSE
*/
#define ALC_SYNC 0x1009
/**
* followed by <int> Num of requested Mono (3D) Sources
*/
#define ALC_MONO_SOURCES 0x1010
/**
* followed by <int> Num of requested Stereo Sources
*/
#define ALC_STEREO_SOURCES 0x1011
/**
* errors
*/
/**
* No error
*/
#define ALC_NO_ERROR ALC_FALSE
/**
* No device
*/
#define ALC_INVALID_DEVICE 0xA001
/**
* invalid context ID
*/
#define ALC_INVALID_CONTEXT 0xA002
/**
* bad enum
*/
#define ALC_INVALID_ENUM 0xA003
/**
* bad value
*/
#define ALC_INVALID_VALUE 0xA004
/**
* Out of memory.
*/
#define ALC_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0xA005
/**
* The Specifier string for default device
*/
#define ALC_DEFAULT_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x1004
#define ALC_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x1005
#define ALC_EXTENSIONS 0x1006
#define ALC_MAJOR_VERSION 0x1000
#define ALC_MINOR_VERSION 0x1001
#define ALC_ATTRIBUTES_SIZE 0x1002
#define ALC_ALL_ATTRIBUTES 0x1003
/**
* Capture extension
*/
#define ALC_CAPTURE_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x310
#define ALC_CAPTURE_DEFAULT_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x311
#define ALC_CAPTURE_SAMPLES 0x312
#endif /* _ALCTYPES_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
#ifndef _AL_TYPES_H_
#define _AL_TYPES_H_
/* define platform type */
#if !defined(MACINTOSH_AL) && !defined(LINUX_AL) && !defined(WINDOWS_AL)
#ifdef __APPLE__
#define MACINTOSH_AL
#else
#ifdef _WIN32
#define WINDOWS_AL
#else
#define LINUX_AL
#endif
#endif
#endif
/** OpenAL bool type. */
typedef char ALboolean;
/** OpenAL 8bit signed byte. */
typedef char ALbyte;
/** OpenAL 8bit unsigned byte. */
typedef unsigned char ALubyte;
/** OpenAL 8bit char */
typedef char ALchar;
/** OpenAL 16bit signed short integer type. */
typedef short ALshort;
/** OpenAL 16bit unsigned short integer type. */
typedef unsigned short ALushort;
/** OpenAL 32bit unsigned integer type. */
typedef unsigned int ALuint;
/** OpenAL 32bit signed integer type. */
typedef int ALint;
/** OpenAL 32bit floating point type. */
typedef float ALfloat;
/** OpenAL 64bit double point type. */
typedef double ALdouble;
/** OpenAL 32bit type. */
typedef int ALsizei;
/** OpenAL void type (for params, not returns). */
typedef void ALvoid;
/** OpenAL enumerations. */
typedef int ALenum;
/** OpenAL bitfields. */
typedef unsigned int ALbitfield;
/** OpenAL clamped float. */
typedef ALfloat ALclampf;
/** Openal clamped double. */
typedef ALdouble ALclampd;
/* Enumerant values begin at column 50. No tabs. */
/* bad value */
#define AL_INVALID -1
#define AL_NONE 0
/* Boolean False. */
#define AL_FALSE 0
/** Boolean True. */
#define AL_TRUE 1
/** Indicate Source has relative coordinates. */
#define AL_SOURCE_RELATIVE 0x202
/**
* Directional source, inner cone angle, in degrees.
* Range: [0-360]
* Default: 360
*/
#define AL_CONE_INNER_ANGLE 0x1001
/**
* Directional source, outer cone angle, in degrees.
* Range: [0-360]
* Default: 360
*/
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_ANGLE 0x1002
/**
* Specify the pitch to be applied, either at source,
* or on mixer results, at listener.
* Range: [0.5-2.0]
* Default: 1.0
*/
#define AL_PITCH 0x1003
/**
* Specify the current location in three dimensional space.
* OpenAL, like OpenGL, uses a right handed coordinate system,
* where in a frontal default view X (thumb) points right,
* Y points up (index finger), and Z points towards the
* viewer/camera (middle finger).
* To switch from a left handed coordinate system, flip the
* sign on the Z coordinate.
* Listener position is always in the world coordinate system.
*/
#define AL_POSITION 0x1004
/** Specify the current direction. */
#define AL_DIRECTION 0x1005
/** Specify the current velocity in three dimensional space. */
#define AL_VELOCITY 0x1006
/**
* Indicate whether source is looping.
* Type: ALboolean?
* Range: [AL_TRUE, AL_FALSE]
* Default: FALSE.
*/
#define AL_LOOPING 0x1007
/**
* Indicate the buffer to provide sound samples.
* Type: ALuint.
* Range: any valid Buffer id.
*/
#define AL_BUFFER 0x1009
/**
* Indicate the gain (volume amplification) applied.
* Type: ALfloat.
* Range: ]0.0- ]
* A value of 1.0 means un-attenuated/unchanged.
* Each division by 2 equals an attenuation of -6dB.
* Each multiplicaton with 2 equals an amplification of +6dB.
* A value of 0.0 is meaningless with respect to a logarithmic
* scale; it is interpreted as zero volume - the channel
* is effectively disabled.
*/
#define AL_GAIN 0x100A
/*
* Indicate minimum source attenuation
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
*
* Logarthmic
*/
#define AL_MIN_GAIN 0x100D
/**
* Indicate maximum source attenuation
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
*
* Logarthmic
*/
#define AL_MAX_GAIN 0x100E
/**
* Indicate listener orientation.
*
* at/up
*/
#define AL_ORIENTATION 0x100F
/**
* Specify the channel mask. (Creative)
* Type: ALuint
* Range: [0 - 255]
*/
#define AL_CHANNEL_MASK 0x3000
/**
* Source state information.
*/
#define AL_SOURCE_STATE 0x1010
#define AL_INITIAL 0x1011
#define AL_PLAYING 0x1012
#define AL_PAUSED 0x1013
#define AL_STOPPED 0x1014
/**
* Buffer Queue params
*/
#define AL_BUFFERS_QUEUED 0x1015
#define AL_BUFFERS_PROCESSED 0x1016
/**
* Source buffer position information
*/
#define AL_SEC_OFFSET 0x1024
#define AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET 0x1025
#define AL_BYTE_OFFSET 0x1026
/*
* Source type (Static, Streaming or undetermined)
* Source is Static if a Buffer has been attached using AL_BUFFER
* Source is Streaming if one or more Buffers have been attached using alSourceQueueBuffers
* Source is undetermined when it has the NULL buffer attached
*/
#define AL_SOURCE_TYPE 0x1027
#define AL_STATIC 0x1028
#define AL_STREAMING 0x1029
#define AL_UNDETERMINED 0x1030
/** Sound samples: format specifier. */
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO8 0x1100
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO16 0x1101
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO8 0x1102
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO16 0x1103
/**
* source specific reference distance
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: 0.0 - +inf
*
* At 0.0, no distance attenuation occurs. Default is
* 1.0.
*/
#define AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE 0x1020
/**
* source specific rolloff factor
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: 0.0 - +inf
*
*/
#define AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x1021
/**
* Directional source, outer cone gain.
*
* Default: 0.0
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
* Logarithmic
*/
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_GAIN 0x1022
/**
* Indicate distance above which sources are not
* attenuated using the inverse clamped distance model.
*
* Default: +inf
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: 0.0 - +inf
*/
#define AL_MAX_DISTANCE 0x1023
/**
* Sound samples: frequency, in units of Hertz [Hz].
* This is the number of samples per second. Half of the
* sample frequency marks the maximum significant
* frequency component.
*/
#define AL_FREQUENCY 0x2001
#define AL_BITS 0x2002
#define AL_CHANNELS 0x2003
#define AL_SIZE 0x2004
#define AL_DATA 0x2005
/**
* Buffer state.
*
* Not supported for public use (yet).
*/
#define AL_UNUSED 0x2010
#define AL_PENDING 0x2011
#define AL_PROCESSED 0x2012
/** Errors: No Error. */
#define AL_NO_ERROR AL_FALSE
/**
* Invalid Name paramater passed to AL call.
*/
#define AL_INVALID_NAME 0xA001
/**
* Invalid parameter passed to AL call.
*/
#define AL_ILLEGAL_ENUM 0xA002
#define AL_INVALID_ENUM 0xA002
/**
* Invalid enum parameter value.
*/
#define AL_INVALID_VALUE 0xA003
/**
* Illegal call.
*/
#define AL_ILLEGAL_COMMAND 0xA004
#define AL_INVALID_OPERATION 0xA004
/**
* No mojo.
*/
#define AL_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0xA005
/** Context strings: Vendor Name. */
#define AL_VENDOR 0xB001
#define AL_VERSION 0xB002
#define AL_RENDERER 0xB003
#define AL_EXTENSIONS 0xB004
/** Global tweakage. */
/**
* Doppler scale. Default 1.0
*/
#define AL_DOPPLER_FACTOR 0xC000
/**
* Tweaks speed of propagation.
*/
#define AL_DOPPLER_VELOCITY 0xC001
/**
* Speed of Sound in units per second
*/
#define AL_SPEED_OF_SOUND 0xC003
/**
* Distance models
*
* used in conjunction with DistanceModel
*
* implicit: NONE, which disances distance attenuation.
*/
#define AL_DISTANCE_MODEL 0xD000
#define AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE 0xD001
#define AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD002
#define AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE 0xD003
#define AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD004
#define AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE 0xD005
#define AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD006
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
#ifndef _ALUT_H_
#define _ALUT_H_
/* define platform type */
#if !defined(MACINTOSH_AL) && !defined(LINUX_AL) && !defined(WINDOWS_AL)
#ifdef __APPLE__
#define MACINTOSH_AL
#else
#ifdef _WIN32
#define WINDOWS_AL
#else
#define LINUX_AL
#endif
#endif
#endif
#include "altypes.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
#define ALUTAPI
#define ALUTAPIENTRY __cdecl
#define AL_CALLBACK
#else /* _WIN32 */
#ifdef TARGET_OS_MAC
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#pragma export on
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#ifndef ALUTAPI
#define ALUTAPI
#endif
#ifndef ALUTAPIENTRY
#define ALUTAPIENTRY
#endif
#ifndef AL_CALLBACK
#define AL_CALLBACK
#endif
#endif /* _WIN32 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef ALUT_NO_PROTOTYPES
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutInit(int *argc, char *argv[]);
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutExit(ALvoid);
#ifndef MACINTOSH_AL
/* Windows and Linux versions have a loop parameter, Macintosh doesn't */
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutLoadWAVFile(ALbyte *file, ALenum *format, ALvoid **data, ALsizei *size, ALsizei *freq, ALboolean *loop);
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutLoadWAVMemory(ALbyte *memory, ALenum *format, ALvoid **data, ALsizei *size, ALsizei *freq, ALboolean *loop);
#else
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutLoadWAVFile(ALbyte *file, ALenum *format, ALvoid **data, ALsizei *size, ALsizei *freq);
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutLoadWAVMemory(ALbyte *memory, ALenum *format, ALvoid **data, ALsizei *size, ALsizei *freq);
#endif
ALUTAPI void ALUTAPIENTRY alutUnloadWAV(ALenum format, ALvoid *data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq);
#else /* ALUT_NO_PROTOTYPES */
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutInit)( int *argc, char *argv[] );
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutExit)( ALvoid );
#ifndef MACINTOSH_AL
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutLoadWAVFile)( ALbyte *file,ALenum *format,ALvoid **data,ALsizei *size,ALsizei *freq,ALboolean *loop );
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutLoadWAVMemory)( ALbyte *memory,ALenum *format,ALvoid **data,ALsizei *size,ALsizei *freq,ALboolean *loop );
#else
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutLoadWAVFile( ALbyte *file,ALenum *format,ALvoid **data,ALsizei *size,ALsizei *freq );
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutLoadWAVMemory)( ALbyte *memory,ALenum *format,ALvoid **data,ALsizei *size,ALsizei *freq );
#endif
void (ALUTAPIENTRY *alutUnloadWAV)( ALenum format,ALvoid *data,ALsizei size,ALsizei freq );
#endif /* ALUT_NO_PROTOTYPES */
#ifdef TARGET_OS_MAC
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#pragma export off
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#endif /* TARGET_OS_MAC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Main include header for the SDL library */
#ifndef _SDL_H
#define _SDL_H
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_cdrom.h"
#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_events.h"
#include "SDL_loadso.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_timer.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
/* These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init() -- you should
specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
*/
#define SDL_INIT_TIMER 0x00000001
#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO 0x00000010
#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO 0x00000020
#define SDL_INIT_CDROM 0x00000100
#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK 0x00000200
#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE 0x00100000 /* Don't catch fatal signals */
#define SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD 0x01000000 /* Not supported on all OS's */
#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING 0x0000FFFF
/* This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes
* the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
* Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
* signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV)
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
/* This function initializes specific SDL subsystems */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/* This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/* This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
been initialized.
If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
/* This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
* dynamically linked library. You should call it upon all exit conditions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL application focus event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_active_h
#define _SDL_active_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The available application states */
#define SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS 0x01 /* The app has mouse coverage */
#define SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS 0x02 /* The app has input focus */
#define SDL_APPACTIVE 0x04 /* The application is active */
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
* bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
* SDL_APPACTIVE. If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
* see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GetAppState(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_active_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library */
#ifndef _SDL_audio_h
#define _SDL_audio_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio() */
typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec {
int freq; /* DSP frequency -- samples per second */
Uint16 format; /* Audio data format */
Uint8 channels; /* Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
Uint8 silence; /* Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
Uint16 samples; /* Audio buffer size in samples (power of 2) */
Uint16 padding; /* Necessary for some compile environments */
Uint32 size; /* Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
/* This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
*/
void (SDLCALL *callback)(void *userdata, Uint8 *stream, int len);
void *userdata;
} SDL_AudioSpec;
/* Audio format flags (defaults to LSB byte order) */
#define AUDIO_U8 0x0008 /* Unsigned 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S8 0x8008 /* Signed 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16LSB 0x0010 /* Unsigned 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S16LSB 0x8010 /* Signed 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16MSB 0x1010 /* As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S16MSB 0x9010 /* As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_U16 AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16 AUDIO_S16LSB
/* Native audio byte ordering */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16LSB
#else
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16MSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16MSB
#endif
/* A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers */
typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT {
int needed; /* Set to 1 if conversion possible */
Uint16 src_format; /* Source audio format */
Uint16 dst_format; /* Target audio format */
double rate_incr; /* Rate conversion increment */
Uint8 *buf; /* Buffer to hold entire audio data */
int len; /* Length of original audio buffer */
int len_cvt; /* Length of converted audio buffer */
int len_mult; /* buffer must be len*len_mult big */
double len_ratio; /* Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
void (SDLCALL *filters[10])(struct SDL_AudioCVT *cvt, Uint16 format);
int filter_index; /* Current audio conversion function */
} SDL_AudioCVT;
/* Function prototypes */
/* These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
* have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
* You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
/* This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
* current audio driver, and returns a pointer to it if the audio driver has
* been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_AudioDriverName(char *namebuf, int maxlen);
/*
* This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
* returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
* structure pointed to by 'obtained'. If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
* data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
* requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
* audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
* to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
*
* When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
* 'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
* 'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
* 'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
* This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
* driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values seem to
* range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
* CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
* to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
* fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of both right
* and left channels in LR ordering.
* Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
* following formula: ms = (samples*1000)/freq
* 'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
* calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* 'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
* and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* 'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
* when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
* to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
* This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
* protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
* and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
* 'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
* function.
*
* The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
* be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
* for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
* may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
* any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec *desired, SDL_AudioSpec *obtained);
/*
* Get the current audio state:
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
} SDL_audiostatus;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_audiostatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
/*
* This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
* It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
* device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
* data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
* Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
/*
* This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
* that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
* you could do:
* SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
*
* If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
* filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
* 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
* and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
* You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
* done with it.
*
* This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
* wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
* corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec * SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc, SDL_AudioSpec *spec, Uint8 **audio_buf, Uint32 *audio_len);
/* Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file */
#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
/*
* This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 *audio_buf);
/*
* This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
* and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
* by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
* to the other.
* This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT *cvt,
Uint16 src_format, Uint8 src_channels, int src_rate,
Uint16 dst_format, Uint8 dst_channels, int dst_rate);
/* Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
* created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
* audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
* to the desired format.
* The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
* cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
* SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT *cvt);
/*
* This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
* them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
* The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
* for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
* This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
*/
#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 *dst, const Uint8 *src, Uint32 len, int volume);
/*
* The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
* During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
* callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
* function or you will cause deadlock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
/*
* This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_audio_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* DEPRECATED */
#include "SDL_endian.h"

View file

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* This is the CD-audio control API for Simple DirectMedia Layer */
#ifndef _SDL_cdrom_h
#define _SDL_cdrom_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
for CD-ROM drives, and load appropriate drivers.
*/
/* The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk */
#define SDL_MAX_TRACKS 99
/* The types of CD-ROM track possible */
#define SDL_AUDIO_TRACK 0x00
#define SDL_DATA_TRACK 0x04
/* The possible states which a CD-ROM drive can be in. */
typedef enum {
CD_TRAYEMPTY,
CD_STOPPED,
CD_PLAYING,
CD_PAUSED,
CD_ERROR = -1
} CDstatus;
/* Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive */
#define CD_INDRIVE(status) ((int)(status) > 0)
typedef struct SDL_CDtrack {
Uint8 id; /* Track number */
Uint8 type; /* Data or audio track */
Uint16 unused;
Uint32 length; /* Length, in frames, of this track */
Uint32 offset; /* Offset, in frames, from start of disk */
} SDL_CDtrack;
/* This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus() */
typedef struct SDL_CD {
int id; /* Private drive identifier */
CDstatus status; /* Current drive status */
/* The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive */
int numtracks; /* Number of tracks on disk */
int cur_track; /* Current track position */
int cur_frame; /* Current frame offset within current track */
SDL_CDtrack track[SDL_MAX_TRACKS+1];
} SDL_CD;
/* Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa */
#define CD_FPS 75
#define FRAMES_TO_MSF(f, M,S,F) { \
int value = f; \
*(F) = value%CD_FPS; \
value /= CD_FPS; \
*(S) = value%60; \
value /= 60; \
*(M) = value; \
}
#define MSF_TO_FRAMES(M, S, F) ((M)*60*CD_FPS+(S)*CD_FPS+(F))
/* CD-audio API functions: */
/* Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDNumDrives(void);
/* Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
Example:
"/dev/cdrom"
"E:"
"/dev/disk/ide/1/master"
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_CDName(int drive);
/* Opens a CD-ROM drive for access. It returns a drive handle on success,
or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy. This newly opened CD-ROM
becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
CD-ROM handle.
Drives are numbered starting with 0. Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_CD * SDLCALL SDL_CDOpen(int drive);
/* This function returns the current status of the given drive.
If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC CDstatus SDLCALL SDL_CDStatus(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
tracks and 'nframes' frames. If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play
until the end of the CD. This function will skip data tracks.
This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to
get track information about the CD.
For example:
// Play entire CD:
if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// Play last track:
if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) {
SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
}
// Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDPlayTracks(SDL_CD *cdrom,
int start_track, int start_frame, int ntracks, int nframes);
/* Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDPlay(SDL_CD *cdrom, int start, int length);
/* Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDPause(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDResume(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDStop(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDEject(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CDClose(SDL_CD *cdrom);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_video_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_h
#define _SDL_config_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* Add any platform that doesn't build using the configure system */
#if defined(__AMIGA__)
#include "SDL_config_amiga.h"
#elif defined(__DREAMCAST__)
#include "SDL_config_dreamcast.h"
#elif defined(__MACOS__)
#include "SDL_config_macos.h"
#elif defined(__MACOSX__)
#include "SDL_config_macosx.h"
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
#include "SDL_config_win32.h"
#elif defined(__OS2__)
#include "SDL_config_os2.h"
#else
#include "SDL_config_minimal.h"
#endif /* platform config */
#endif /* _SDL_config_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_amiga_h
#define _SDL_config_amiga_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE 1
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_GETENV 1
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_AHI 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various cdrom drivers */
#define SDL_CDROM_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various input drivers */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_AMIGA 1
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_AMIGA 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_AMIGA 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_CYBERGRAPHICS 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable OpenGL support */
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
#endif /* _SDL_config_amiga_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_dreamcast_h
#define _SDL_config_dreamcast_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef signed long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
typedef unsigned long uintptr_t;
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE 1
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_GETENV 1
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
#define HAVE_INDEX 1
#define HAVE_RINDEX 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRICMP 1
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DC 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various cdrom drivers */
#define SDL_CDROM_DC 1
/* Enable various input drivers */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_DC 1
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_DC 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_DC 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DC 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#endif /* _SDL_config_dreamcast_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_macos_h
#define _SDL_config_macos_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
#include <MacTypes.h>
typedef SInt8 int8_t;
typedef UInt8 uint8_t;
typedef SInt16 int16_t;
typedef UInt16 uint16_t;
typedef SInt32 int32_t;
typedef UInt32 uint32_t;
typedef SInt64 int64_t;
typedef UInt64 uint64_t;
typedef unsigned long uintptr_t;
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE 1
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_ITOA 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_SNDMGR 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various cdrom drivers */
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
#define SDL_CDROM_DUMMY 1
#else
#define SDL_CDROM_MACOS 1
#endif
/* Enable various input drivers */
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_DUMMY 1
#else
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_MACOS 1
#endif
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_MACOS 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREADS_DISABLED 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_MACOS 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DRAWSPROCKET 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_TOOLBOX 1
/* Enable OpenGL support */
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
#endif /* _SDL_config_macos_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_macosx_h
#define _SDL_config_macosx_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE 1
/* Useful headers */
/* If we specified an SDK or have a post-PowerPC chip, then alloca.h exists. */
#if ( (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1030) || (!defined(__POWERPC__)) )
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
#endif
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_GETENV 1
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRLCPY 1
#define HAVE_STRLCAT 1
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
#define HAVE_SETJMP 1
#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_COREAUDIO 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_SNDMGR 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various cdrom drivers */
#define SDL_CDROM_MACOSX 1
/* Enable various input drivers */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_IOKIT 1
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#ifdef __ppc__
/* For Mac OS X 10.2 compatibility */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DLCOMPAT 1
#else
#define SDL_LOADSO_DLOPEN 1
#endif
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD 1
#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_UNIX 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_TOOLBOX 1
#else
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_QUARTZ 1
#endif
/* Enable OpenGL support */
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
/* Enable assembly routines */
#define SDL_ASSEMBLY_ROUTINES 1
#ifdef __ppc__
#define SDL_ALTIVEC_BLITTERS 1
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_config_macosx_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_minimal_h
#define _SDL_config_minimal_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is the minimal configuration that can be used to build SDL */
#include <stdarg.h>
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef unsigned int size_t;
typedef unsigned long uintptr_t;
/* Enable the dummy audio driver (src/audio/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable the stub cdrom driver (src/cdrom/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_CDROM_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub joystick driver (src/joystick/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub shared object loader (src/loadso/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub thread support (src/thread/generic/\*.c) */
#define SDL_THREADS_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the stub timer support (src/timer/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_TIMERS_DISABLED 1
/* Enable the dummy video driver (src/video/dummy/\*.c) */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#endif /* _SDL_config_minimal_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_os2_h
#define _SDL_config_os2_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef unsigned int size_t;
typedef unsigned long uintptr_t;
typedef signed long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE 1
/* Use Watcom's LIBC */
#define HAVE_LIBC 1
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_GETENV 1
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRLCPY 1
#define HAVE_STRLCAT 1
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
#define HAVE__STRREV 1
#define HAVE__STRUPR 1
#define HAVE__STRLWR 1
#define HAVE_INDEX 1
#define HAVE_RINDEX 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_ITOA 1
#define HAVE__LTOA 1
#define HAVE__UITOA 1
#define HAVE__ULTOA 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE__I64TOA 1
#define HAVE__UI64TOA 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRICMP 1
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_SETJMP 1
#define HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME 1
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DART 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various cdrom drivers */
#define SDL_CDROM_OS2 1
/* Enable various input drivers */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_OS2 1
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_OS2 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_OS2 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_OS2 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_OS2FS 1
/* Enable OpenGL support */
/* Nothing here yet for OS/2... :( */
/* Enable assembly routines where available */
#define SDL_ASSEMBLY_ROUTINES 1
#endif /* _SDL_config_os2_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_win32_h
#define _SDL_config_win32_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
typedef signed __int8 int8_t;
typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t;
typedef signed __int16 int16_t;
typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
typedef signed __int32 int32_t;
typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
typedef signed __int64 int64_t;
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
#ifndef _UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
#ifdef _WIN64
typedef unsigned __int64 uintptr_t;
#else
typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
#endif
#define _UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
#endif
#else /* !__GNUC__ && !_MSC_VER */
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef signed long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
#ifndef _SIZE_T_DEFINED_
#define _SIZE_T_DEFINED_
typedef unsigned int size_t;
#endif
typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
#endif /* __GNUC__ || _MSC_VER */
#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE 1
/* Enabled for SDL 1.2 (binary compatibility) */
#define HAVE_LIBC 1
#ifdef HAVE_LIBC
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
#endif
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE__STRREV 1
#define HAVE__STRUPR 1
#define HAVE__STRLWR 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_ITOA 1
#define HAVE__LTOA 1
#define HAVE__ULTOA 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE__STRICMP 1
#define HAVE__STRNICMP 1
#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
#else
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#endif
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DSOUND 1
#endif
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_WAVEOUT 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various cdrom drivers */
#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_CDROM_DISABLED 1
#else
#define SDL_CDROM_WIN32 1
#endif
/* Enable various input drivers */
#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_DISABLED 1
#else
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_WINMM 1
#endif
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_WIN32 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_WIN32 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_TIMER_WINCE 1
#else
#define SDL_TIMER_WIN32 1
#endif
/* Enable various video drivers */
#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_GAPI 1
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DDRAW 1
#endif
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDIB 1
/* Enable OpenGL support */
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_WGL 1
#endif
/* Enable assembly routines (Win64 doesn't have inline asm) */
#ifndef _WIN64
#define SDL_ASSEMBLY_ROUTINES 1
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_config_win32_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* CPU feature detection for SDL */
#ifndef _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#define _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX Ext. features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMXExt(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! Ext. features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNowExt(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
/* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_cpuinfo_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values */
#ifndef _SDL_endian_h
#define _SDL_endian_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/* The two types of endianness */
#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#ifndef SDL_BYTEORDER /* Not defined in SDL_config.h? */
#if defined(__hppa__) || \
defined(__m68k__) || defined(mc68000) || defined(_M_M68K) || \
(defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MISPEB__)) || \
defined(__ppc__) || defined(__POWERPC__) || defined(_M_PPC) || \
defined(__sparc__)
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* !SDL_BYTEORDER */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Use inline functions for compilers that support them, and static
functions for those that do not. Because these functions become
static for compilers that do not support inline functions, this
header should only be included in files that actually use them.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__) && \
!(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95 /* broken gcc version */)
static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0" : "=q" (x) : "0" (x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0" : "=Q" (x) : "0" (x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
Uint16 result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,16,23" : "=&r" (result) : "0" (x >> 8), "r" (x));
return result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__))
static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0" : "=d" (x) : "0" (x) : "cc");
return x;
}
#else
static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x) {
return((x<<8)|(x>>8));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswap %0" : "=r" (x) : "0" (x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswapl %0" : "=r" (x) : "0" (x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
Uint32 result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23" : "=&r" (result) : "0" (x>>24), "r" (x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15" : "=&r" (result) : "0" (result), "r" (x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7" : "=&r" (result) : "0" (result), "r" (x));
return result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__))
static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0\n\tswap %0\n\trorw #8,%0" : "=d" (x) : "0" (x) : "cc");
return x;
}
#else
static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x) {
return((x<<24)|((x<<8)&0x00FF0000)|((x>>8)&0x0000FF00)|(x>>24));
}
#endif
#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
static __inline__ Uint64 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
union {
struct { Uint32 a,b; } s;
Uint64 u;
} v;
v.u = x;
__asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1"
: "=r" (v.s.a), "=r" (v.s.b)
: "0" (v.s.a), "1" (v.s.b));
return v.u;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
static __inline__ Uint64 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
__asm__("bswapq %0" : "=r" (x) : "0" (x));
return x;
}
#else
static __inline__ Uint64 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
Uint32 hi, lo;
/* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
lo = (Uint32)(x&0xFFFFFFFF);
x >>= 32;
hi = (Uint32)(x&0xFFFFFFFF);
x = SDL_Swap32(lo);
x <<= 32;
x |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
return(x);
}
#endif
#else
/* This is mainly to keep compilers from complaining in SDL code.
If there is no real 64-bit datatype, then compilers will complain about
the fake 64-bit datatype that SDL provides when it compiles user code.
*/
#define SDL_Swap64(X) (X)
#endif /* SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE */
/* Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#else
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
#endif
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_endian_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Simple error message routines for SDL */
#ifndef _SDL_error_h
#define _SDL_error_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public functions */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
/* Private error message function - used internally */
#define SDL_OutOfMemory() SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
#define SDL_Unsupported() SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
typedef enum {
SDL_ENOMEM,
SDL_EFREAD,
SDL_EFWRITE,
SDL_EFSEEK,
SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
SDL_LASTERROR
} SDL_errorcode;
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_error_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_events_h
#define _SDL_events_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_active.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#include "SDL_mouse.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_quit.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
#define SDL_RELEASED 0
#define SDL_PRESSED 1
/* Event enumerations */
typedef enum {
SDL_NOEVENT = 0, /* Unused (do not remove) */
SDL_ACTIVEEVENT, /* Application loses/gains visibility */
SDL_KEYDOWN, /* Keys pressed */
SDL_KEYUP, /* Keys released */
SDL_MOUSEMOTION, /* Mouse moved */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, /* Mouse button pressed */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP, /* Mouse button released */
SDL_JOYAXISMOTION, /* Joystick axis motion */
SDL_JOYBALLMOTION, /* Joystick trackball motion */
SDL_JOYHATMOTION, /* Joystick hat position change */
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, /* Joystick button pressed */
SDL_JOYBUTTONUP, /* Joystick button released */
SDL_QUIT, /* User-requested quit */
SDL_SYSWMEVENT, /* System specific event */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDB, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_VIDEORESIZE, /* User resized video mode */
SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE, /* Screen needs to be redrawn */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6, /* Reserved for future use.. */
SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7, /* Reserved for future use.. */
/* Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use */
SDL_USEREVENT = 24,
/* This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- Uint32
*/
SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32
} SDL_EventType;
/* Predefined event masks */
#define SDL_EVENTMASK(X) (1<<(X))
typedef enum {
SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_ACTIVEEVENT),
SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYDOWN),
SDL_KEYUPMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYUP),
SDL_KEYEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYDOWN)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYUP),
SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEMOTION),
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN),
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP),
SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP),
SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYAXISMOTION),
SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBALLMOTION),
SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYHATMOTION),
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN),
SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONUP),
SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYAXISMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBALLMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYHATMOTION)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN)|
SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONUP),
SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_VIDEORESIZE),
SDL_VIDEOEXPOSEMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE),
SDL_QUITMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_QUIT),
SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_SYSWMEVENT)
} SDL_EventMask ;
#define SDL_ALLEVENTS 0xFFFFFFFF
/* Application visibility event structure */
typedef struct SDL_ActiveEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_ACTIVEEVENT */
Uint8 gain; /* Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0) */
Uint8 state; /* A mask of the focus states */
} SDL_ActiveEvent;
/* Keyboard event structure */
typedef struct SDL_KeyboardEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP */
Uint8 which; /* The keyboard device index */
Uint8 state; /* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
SDL_keysym keysym;
} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
/* Mouse motion event structure */
typedef struct SDL_MouseMotionEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The mouse device index */
Uint8 state; /* The current button state */
Uint16 x, y; /* The X/Y coordinates of the mouse */
Sint16 xrel; /* The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /* The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
/* Mouse button event structure */
typedef struct SDL_MouseButtonEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
Uint8 which; /* The mouse device index */
Uint8 button; /* The mouse button index */
Uint8 state; /* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
Uint16 x, y; /* The X/Y coordinates of the mouse at press time */
} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
/* Joystick axis motion event structure */
typedef struct SDL_JoyAxisEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 axis; /* The joystick axis index */
Sint16 value; /* The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
/* Joystick trackball motion event structure */
typedef struct SDL_JoyBallEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 ball; /* The joystick trackball index */
Sint16 xrel; /* The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /* The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
/* Joystick hat position change event structure */
typedef struct SDL_JoyHatEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 hat; /* The joystick hat index */
Uint8 value; /* The hat position value:
SDL_HAT_LEFTUP SDL_HAT_UP SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
SDL_HAT_LEFT SDL_HAT_CENTERED SDL_HAT_RIGHT
SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN SDL_HAT_DOWN SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
Note that zero means the POV is centered.
*/
} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
/* Joystick button event structure */
typedef struct SDL_JoyButtonEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
Uint8 which; /* The joystick device index */
Uint8 button; /* The joystick button index */
Uint8 state; /* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
/* The "window resized" event
When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
mode with the new width and height.
*/
typedef struct SDL_ResizeEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_VIDEORESIZE */
int w; /* New width */
int h; /* New height */
} SDL_ResizeEvent;
/* The "screen redraw" event */
typedef struct SDL_ExposeEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE */
} SDL_ExposeEvent;
/* The "quit requested" event */
typedef struct SDL_QuitEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_QUIT */
} SDL_QuitEvent;
/* A user-defined event type */
typedef struct SDL_UserEvent {
Uint8 type; /* SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1 */
int code; /* User defined event code */
void *data1; /* User defined data pointer */
void *data2; /* User defined data pointer */
} SDL_UserEvent;
/* If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMEvent {
Uint8 type;
SDL_SysWMmsg *msg;
} SDL_SysWMEvent;
/* General event structure */
typedef union SDL_Event {
Uint8 type;
SDL_ActiveEvent active;
SDL_KeyboardEvent key;
SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion;
SDL_MouseButtonEvent button;
SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis;
SDL_JoyBallEvent jball;
SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat;
SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton;
SDL_ResizeEvent resize;
SDL_ExposeEvent expose;
SDL_QuitEvent quit;
SDL_UserEvent user;
SDL_SysWMEvent syswm;
} SDL_Event;
/* Function prototypes */
/* Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
/* Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
the back of the event queue.
If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
be removed from the queue.
If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
removed from the queue.
This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
if there was an error. This function is thread-safe.
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_ADDEVENT,
SDL_PEEKEVENT,
SDL_GETEVENT
} SDL_eventaction;
/* */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event *events, int numevents,
SDL_eventaction action, Uint32 mask);
/* Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
events, or 0 if there are none available. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
event is removed from the queue and stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event *event);
/* Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
was an error while waiting for events. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
event is removed from the queue and stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event *event);
/* Add an event to the event queue.
This function returns 0 on success, or -1 if the event queue was full
or there was some other error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event *event);
/*
This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
The filter is protypted as:
*/
typedef int (SDLCALL *SDL_EventFilter)(const SDL_Event *event);
/*
If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
dynamically arriving events.
WARNING: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
it may run in a different thread!
There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type. The
event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter);
/*
Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_EventFilter SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(void);
/*
This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
current processing state of the specified event.
*/
#define SDL_QUERY -1
#define SDL_IGNORE 0
#define SDL_DISABLE 0
#define SDL_ENABLE 1
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint8 type, int state);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_events_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* DEPRECATED */
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"

View file

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL joystick event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_joystick_h
#define _SDL_joystick_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
with the SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
*/
/* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick */
struct _SDL_Joystick;
typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* Count the number of joysticks attached to the system
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
/*
* Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(int device_index);
/*
* Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
* the N'th joystick on the system. This index is the value which will
* identify this joystick in future joystick events.
*
* This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick * SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
/*
* Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpened(int device_index);
/*
* Get the device index of an opened joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
* Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
* with them and their state cannot be polled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of POV hats on a joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Get the number of buttons on a joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/*
* Update the current state of the open joysticks.
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
/*
* Enable/disable joystick event polling.
* If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
* information.
* The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
/*
* Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int axis);
/*
* Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
* The return value is one of the following positions:
*/
#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED 0x00
#define SDL_HAT_UP 0x01
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT 0x02
#define SDL_HAT_DOWN 0x04
#define SDL_HAT_LEFT 0x08
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
/*
* The hat indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int hat);
/*
* Get the ball axis change since the last poll
* This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
* The ball indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
/*
* Get the current state of a button on a joystick
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int button);
/*
* Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_joystick_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL keyboard event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_keyboard_h
#define _SDL_keyboard_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_keysym.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Keysym structure
- The scancode is hardware dependent, and should not be used by general
applications. If no hardware scancode is available, it will be 0.
- The 'unicode' translated character is only available when character
translation is enabled by the SDL_EnableUNICODE() API. If non-zero,
this is a UNICODE character corresponding to the keypress. If the
high 9 bits of the character are 0, then this maps to the equivalent
ASCII character:
char ch;
if ( (keysym.unicode & 0xFF80) == 0 ) {
ch = keysym.unicode & 0x7F;
} else {
An international character..
}
*/
typedef struct SDL_keysym {
Uint8 scancode; /* hardware specific scancode */
SDLKey sym; /* SDL virtual keysym */
SDLMod mod; /* current key modifiers */
Uint16 unicode; /* translated character */
} SDL_keysym;
/* This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings */
#define SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS 0xFFFFFFFF
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
* This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
* If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
* If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
* If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
* It returns the previous state of keyboard translation.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_EnableUNICODE(int enable);
/*
* Enable/Disable keyboard repeat. Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
* 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
* pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
* 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events.
*/
#define SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY 500
#define SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL 30
/*
* If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(int delay, int interval);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyRepeat(int *delay, int *interval);
/*
* Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
* Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
* Used:
* Uint8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
* if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyState(int *numkeys);
/*
* Get the current key modifier state
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDLMod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
/*
* Set the current key modifier state
* This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDLMod modstate);
/*
* Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDLKey key);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_keyboard_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_keysym_h
#define _SDL_keysym_h
/* What we really want is a mapping of every raw key on the keyboard.
To support international keyboards, we use the range 0xA1 - 0xFF
as international virtual keycodes. We'll follow in the footsteps of X11...
The names of the keys
*/
typedef enum {
/* The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII */
SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0,
SDLK_FIRST = 0,
SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8,
SDLK_TAB = 9,
SDLK_CLEAR = 12,
SDLK_RETURN = 13,
SDLK_PAUSE = 19,
SDLK_ESCAPE = 27,
SDLK_SPACE = 32,
SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33,
SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34,
SDLK_HASH = 35,
SDLK_DOLLAR = 36,
SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38,
SDLK_QUOTE = 39,
SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40,
SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41,
SDLK_ASTERISK = 42,
SDLK_PLUS = 43,
SDLK_COMMA = 44,
SDLK_MINUS = 45,
SDLK_PERIOD = 46,
SDLK_SLASH = 47,
SDLK_0 = 48,
SDLK_1 = 49,
SDLK_2 = 50,
SDLK_3 = 51,
SDLK_4 = 52,
SDLK_5 = 53,
SDLK_6 = 54,
SDLK_7 = 55,
SDLK_8 = 56,
SDLK_9 = 57,
SDLK_COLON = 58,
SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59,
SDLK_LESS = 60,
SDLK_EQUALS = 61,
SDLK_GREATER = 62,
SDLK_QUESTION = 63,
SDLK_AT = 64,
/*
Skip uppercase letters
*/
SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91,
SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92,
SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93,
SDLK_CARET = 94,
SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95,
SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96,
SDLK_a = 97,
SDLK_b = 98,
SDLK_c = 99,
SDLK_d = 100,
SDLK_e = 101,
SDLK_f = 102,
SDLK_g = 103,
SDLK_h = 104,
SDLK_i = 105,
SDLK_j = 106,
SDLK_k = 107,
SDLK_l = 108,
SDLK_m = 109,
SDLK_n = 110,
SDLK_o = 111,
SDLK_p = 112,
SDLK_q = 113,
SDLK_r = 114,
SDLK_s = 115,
SDLK_t = 116,
SDLK_u = 117,
SDLK_v = 118,
SDLK_w = 119,
SDLK_x = 120,
SDLK_y = 121,
SDLK_z = 122,
SDLK_DELETE = 127,
/* End of ASCII mapped keysyms */
/* International keyboard syms */
SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160, /* 0xA0 */
SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161,
SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162,
SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163,
SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164,
SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165,
SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166,
SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167,
SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168,
SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169,
SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170,
SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171,
SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172,
SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173,
SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174,
SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175,
SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176,
SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177,
SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178,
SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179,
SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180,
SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181,
SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182,
SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183,
SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184,
SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185,
SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186,
SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187,
SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188,
SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189,
SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190,
SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191,
SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192,
SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193,
SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194,
SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195,
SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196,
SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197,
SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198,
SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199,
SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200,
SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201,
SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202,
SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203,
SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204,
SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205,
SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206,
SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207,
SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208,
SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209,
SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210,
SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211,
SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212,
SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213,
SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214,
SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215,
SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216,
SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217,
SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218,
SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219,
SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220,
SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221,
SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222,
SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223,
SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224,
SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225,
SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226,
SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227,
SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228,
SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229,
SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230,
SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231,
SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232,
SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233,
SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234,
SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235,
SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236,
SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237,
SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238,
SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239,
SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240,
SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241,
SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242,
SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243,
SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244,
SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245,
SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246,
SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247,
SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248,
SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249,
SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250,
SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251,
SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252,
SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253,
SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254,
SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255, /* 0xFF */
/* Numeric keypad */
SDLK_KP0 = 256,
SDLK_KP1 = 257,
SDLK_KP2 = 258,
SDLK_KP3 = 259,
SDLK_KP4 = 260,
SDLK_KP5 = 261,
SDLK_KP6 = 262,
SDLK_KP7 = 263,
SDLK_KP8 = 264,
SDLK_KP9 = 265,
SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266,
SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267,
SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268,
SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269,
SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270,
SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271,
SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272,
/* Arrows + Home/End pad */
SDLK_UP = 273,
SDLK_DOWN = 274,
SDLK_RIGHT = 275,
SDLK_LEFT = 276,
SDLK_INSERT = 277,
SDLK_HOME = 278,
SDLK_END = 279,
SDLK_PAGEUP = 280,
SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281,
/* Function keys */
SDLK_F1 = 282,
SDLK_F2 = 283,
SDLK_F3 = 284,
SDLK_F4 = 285,
SDLK_F5 = 286,
SDLK_F6 = 287,
SDLK_F7 = 288,
SDLK_F8 = 289,
SDLK_F9 = 290,
SDLK_F10 = 291,
SDLK_F11 = 292,
SDLK_F12 = 293,
SDLK_F13 = 294,
SDLK_F14 = 295,
SDLK_F15 = 296,
/* Key state modifier keys */
SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300,
SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301,
SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302,
SDLK_RSHIFT = 303,
SDLK_LSHIFT = 304,
SDLK_RCTRL = 305,
SDLK_LCTRL = 306,
SDLK_RALT = 307,
SDLK_LALT = 308,
SDLK_RMETA = 309,
SDLK_LMETA = 310,
SDLK_LSUPER = 311, /* Left "Windows" key */
SDLK_RSUPER = 312, /* Right "Windows" key */
SDLK_MODE = 313, /* "Alt Gr" key */
SDLK_COMPOSE = 314, /* Multi-key compose key */
/* Miscellaneous function keys */
SDLK_HELP = 315,
SDLK_PRINT = 316,
SDLK_SYSREQ = 317,
SDLK_BREAK = 318,
SDLK_MENU = 319,
SDLK_POWER = 320, /* Power Macintosh power key */
SDLK_EURO = 321, /* Some european keyboards */
SDLK_UNDO = 322, /* Atari keyboard has Undo */
/* Add any other keys here */
SDLK_LAST
} SDLKey;
/* Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together) */
typedef enum {
KMOD_NONE = 0x0000,
KMOD_LSHIFT= 0x0001,
KMOD_RSHIFT= 0x0002,
KMOD_LCTRL = 0x0040,
KMOD_RCTRL = 0x0080,
KMOD_LALT = 0x0100,
KMOD_RALT = 0x0200,
KMOD_LMETA = 0x0400,
KMOD_RMETA = 0x0800,
KMOD_NUM = 0x1000,
KMOD_CAPS = 0x2000,
KMOD_MODE = 0x4000,
KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
} SDLMod;
#define KMOD_CTRL (KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
#define KMOD_SHIFT (KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
#define KMOD_ALT (KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
#define KMOD_META (KMOD_LMETA|KMOD_RMETA)
#endif /* _SDL_keysym_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* System dependent library loading routines */
/* Some things to keep in mind:
- These functions only work on C function names. Other languages may
have name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from
compiler to compiler.
- Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
mysteriously if you do not do this.
- Avoid namespace collisions. If you load a symbol from the library,
it is not defined whether or not it goes into the global symbol
namespace for the application. If it does and it conflicts with
symbols in your code or other shared libraries, you will not get
the results you expect. :)
*/
#ifndef _SDL_loadso_h
#define _SDL_loadso_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
* to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
* The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
/* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
* named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
* is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle, const char *name);
/* Unload a shared object from memory */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_loadso_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_main_h
#define _SDL_main_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/* Redefine main() on Win32 and MacOS so that it is called by winmain.c */
#if defined(__WIN32__) || \
(defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__BEOS__)) || \
defined(__MACOS__) || defined(__MACOSX__) || \
defined(__SYMBIAN32__) || defined(QWS)
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define C_LINKAGE "C"
#else
#define C_LINKAGE
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
and should be declared like this:
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
}
*/
#define main SDL_main
/* The prototype for the application's main() function */
extern C_LINKAGE int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering the app on Win32 */
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModuleHandle(void *hInst);
/* This can also be called, but is no longer necessary */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style, void *hInst);
/* This can also be called, but is no longer necessary (SDL_Quit calls it) */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif
/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering QuickDraw on MacOS */
#if defined(__MACOS__)
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Forward declaration so we don't need to include QuickDraw.h */
struct QDGlobals;
/* This should be called from your main() function, if any */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_InitQuickDraw(struct QDGlobals *the_qd);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif
#endif /* Need to redefine main()? */
#endif /* _SDL_main_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL mouse event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_mouse_h
#define _SDL_mouse_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct WMcursor WMcursor; /* Implementation dependent */
typedef struct SDL_Cursor {
SDL_Rect area; /* The area of the mouse cursor */
Sint16 hot_x, hot_y; /* The "tip" of the cursor */
Uint8 *data; /* B/W cursor data */
Uint8 *mask; /* B/W cursor mask */
Uint8 *save[2]; /* Place to save cursor area */
WMcursor *wm_cursor; /* Window-manager cursor */
} SDL_Cursor;
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* current mouse cursor position. You can pass NULL for either x or y.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/*
* Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/*
* Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event)
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouse(Uint16 x, Uint16 y);
/*
* Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
* The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
*
* The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
* data mask resulting pixel on screen
* 0 1 White
* 1 1 Black
* 0 0 Transparent
* 1 0 Inverted color if possible, black if not.
*
* Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor().
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor * SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor
(Uint8 *data, Uint8 *mask, int w, int h, int hot_x, int hot_y);
/*
* Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
* If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately
* represented on the display.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor *cursor);
/*
* Returns the currently active cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor * SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
/*
* Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor *cursor);
/*
* Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
* The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
* SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
* before the call, or 0 if it was not. You can query the current
* state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
/* Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
Button 1: Left mouse button
Button 2: Middle mouse button
Button 3: Right mouse button
Button 4: Mouse wheel up (may also be a real button)
Button 5: Mouse wheel down (may also be a real button)
*/
#define SDL_BUTTON(X) (1 << ((X)-1))
#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT 1
#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE 2
#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT 3
#define SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP 4
#define SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN 5
#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_mouse_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_mutex_h
#define _SDL_mutex_h
/* Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives
These are independent of the other SDL routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
if they time out.
*/
#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT 1
/* This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out */
#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT (~(Uint32)0)
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* Mutex functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_mutex.c */
struct SDL_mutex;
typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
/* Create a mutex, initialized unlocked */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex * SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
/* Lock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) */
#define SDL_LockMutex(m) SDL_mutexP(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_mutexP(SDL_mutex *mutex);
/* Unlock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error)
It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
*/
#define SDL_UnlockMutex(m) SDL_mutexV(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_mutexV(SDL_mutex *mutex);
/* Destroy a mutex */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex *mutex);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* Semaphore functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_sem.c */
struct SDL_semaphore;
typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
/* Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem * SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
/* Destroy a semaphore */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem *sem);
/* This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
* to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
* count.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem *sem);
/* Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem *sem);
/* Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
the allotted time, and -1 on error.
On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem *sem, Uint32 ms);
/* Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem *sem);
/* Returns the current count of the semaphore */
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem *sem);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* Condition variable functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_cond.c */
struct SDL_cond;
typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
/* Create a condition variable */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond * SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
/* Destroy a condition variable */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond *cond);
/* Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
returns 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond *cond);
/* Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
returns 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond *cond);
/* Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
The mutex is re-locked once the condition variable is signaled.
Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond *cond, SDL_mutex *mut);
/* Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond *cond, SDL_mutex *mutex, Uint32 ms);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_mutex_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
#ifndef _SDLname_h_
#define _SDLname_h_
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
#endif
#define SDL_NAME(X) SDL_##X
#endif /* _SDLname_h_ */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Try to get a standard set of platform defines */
#ifndef _SDL_platform_h
#define _SDL_platform_h
#if defined(_AIX)
#undef __AIX__
#define __AIX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__AMIGA) || defined(__amigados__)
#undef __AMIGA__
#define __AMIGA__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__BEOS__)
#undef __BEOS__
#define __BEOS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(bsdi) || defined(__bsdi) || defined(__bsdi__)
#undef __BSDI__
#define __BSDI__ 1
#endif
#if defined(_arch_dreamcast)
#undef __DREAMCAST__
#define __DREAMCAST__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
#undef __FREEBSD__
#define __FREEBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpux__)
#undef __HPUX__
#define __HPUX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(sgi) || defined(__sgi) || defined(__sgi__) || defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#undef __IRIX__
#define __IRIX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(linux) || defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__)
#undef __LINUX__
#define __LINUX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__)
#undef __MACOSX__
#define __MACOSX__ 1
#elif defined(macintosh)
#undef __MACOS__
#define __MACOS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__NetBSD__)
#undef __NETBSD__
#define __NETBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__OpenBSD__)
#undef __OPENBSD__
#define __OPENBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__OS2__)
#undef __OS2__
#define __OS2__ 1
#endif
#if defined(osf) || defined(__osf) || defined(__osf__) || defined(_OSF_SOURCE)
#undef __OSF__
#define __OSF__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
#undef __QNXNTO__
#define __QNXNTO__ 1
#endif
#if defined(riscos) || defined(__riscos) || defined(__riscos__)
#undef __RISCOS__
#define __RISCOS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__SVR4)
#undef __SOLARIS__
#define __SOLARIS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
#undef __WIN32__
#define __WIN32__ 1
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_platform_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL quit event handling */
#ifndef _SDL_quit_h
#define _SDL_quit_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
/*
An SDL_QUITEVENT is generated when the user tries to close the application
window. If it is ignored or filtered out, the window will remain open.
If it is not ignored or filtered, it is queued normally and the window
is allowed to close. When the window is closed, screen updates will
complete, but have no effect.
SDL_Init() installs signal handlers for SIGINT (keyboard interrupt)
and SIGTERM (system termination request), if handlers do not already
exist, that generate SDL_QUITEVENT events as well. There is no way
to determine the cause of an SDL_QUITEVENT, but setting a signal
handler in your application will override the default generation of
quit events for that signal.
*/
/* There are no functions directly affecting the quit event */
#define SDL_QuitRequested() \
(SDL_PumpEvents(), SDL_PeepEvents(NULL,0,SDL_PEEKEVENT,SDL_QUITMASK))
#endif /* _SDL_quit_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
data sources. It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_rwops_h
#define _SDL_rwops_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic */
typedef struct SDL_RWops {
/* Seek to 'offset' relative to whence, one of stdio's whence values:
SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, SEEK_END
Returns the final offset in the data source.
*/
int (SDLCALL *seek)(struct SDL_RWops *context, int offset, int whence);
/* Read up to 'num' objects each of size 'objsize' from the data
source to the area pointed at by 'ptr'.
Returns the number of objects read, or -1 if the read failed.
*/
int (SDLCALL *read)(struct SDL_RWops *context, void *ptr, int size, int maxnum);
/* Write exactly 'num' objects each of size 'objsize' from the area
pointed at by 'ptr' to data source.
Returns 'num', or -1 if the write failed.
*/
int (SDLCALL *write)(struct SDL_RWops *context, const void *ptr, int size, int num);
/* Close and free an allocated SDL_FSops structure */
int (SDLCALL *close)(struct SDL_RWops *context);
Uint32 type;
union {
#ifdef __WIN32__
struct {
int append;
void* h;
} win32io;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
struct {
int autoclose;
FILE *fp;
} stdio;
#endif
struct {
Uint8 *base;
Uint8 *here;
Uint8 *stop;
} mem;
struct {
void *data1;
} unknown;
} hidden;
} SDL_RWops;
/* Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file, const char *mode);
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE *fp, int autoclose);
#endif
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem, int size);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops *area);
#define RW_SEEK_SET 0 /* Seek from the beginning of data */
#define RW_SEEK_CUR 1 /* Seek relative to current read point */
#define RW_SEEK_END 2 /* Seek relative to the end of data */
/* Macros to easily read and write from an SDL_RWops structure */
#define SDL_RWseek(ctx, offset, whence) (ctx)->seek(ctx, offset, whence)
#define SDL_RWtell(ctx) (ctx)->seek(ctx, 0, RW_SEEK_CUR)
#define SDL_RWread(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->read(ctx, ptr, size, n)
#define SDL_RWwrite(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->write(ctx, ptr, size, n)
#define SDL_RWclose(ctx) (ctx)->close(ctx)
/* Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format */
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops *src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops *src);
/* Write an item of native format to the specified endianness */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint64 value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint64 value);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_rwops_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* This is a general header that includes C language support */
#ifndef _SDL_stdinc_h
#define _SDL_stdinc_h
#include "SDL_config.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS)
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# if defined(HAVE_STDLIB_H)
# include <stdlib.h>
# elif defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H)
# include <malloc.h>
# endif
# if defined(HAVE_STDDEF_H)
# include <stddef.h>
# endif
# if defined(HAVE_STDARG_H)
# include <stdarg.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !defined(STDC_HEADERS) && defined(HAVE_MEMORY_H)
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
# include <inttypes.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CTYPE_H
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ICONV_H
# include <iconv.h>
#endif
/* The number of elements in an array */
#define SDL_arraysize(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0]))
#define SDL_TABLESIZE(table) SDL_arraysize(table)
/* Basic data types */
typedef enum SDL_bool {
SDL_FALSE = 0,
SDL_TRUE = 1
} SDL_bool;
typedef int8_t Sint8;
typedef uint8_t Uint8;
typedef int16_t Sint16;
typedef uint16_t Uint16;
typedef int32_t Sint32;
typedef uint32_t Uint32;
#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
typedef int64_t Sint64;
typedef uint64_t Uint64;
#else
/* This is really just a hack to prevent the compiler from complaining */
typedef struct {
Uint32 hi;
Uint32 lo;
} Uint64, Sint64;
#endif
/* Make sure the types really have the right sizes */
#define SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(name, x) \
typedef int SDL_dummy_ ## name[(x) * 2 - 1]
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint8, sizeof(Uint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint8, sizeof(Sint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint16, sizeof(Uint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint16, sizeof(Sint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint32, sizeof(Uint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint32, sizeof(Sint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint64, sizeof(Uint64) == 8);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint64, sizeof(Sint64) == 8);
/* Check to make sure enums are the size of ints, for structure packing.
For both Watcom C/C++ and Borland C/C++ the compiler option that makes
enums having the size of an int must be enabled.
This is "-b" for Borland C/C++ and "-ei" for Watcom C/C++ (v11).
*/
/* Enable enums always int in CodeWarrior (for MPW use "-enum int") */
#ifdef __MWERKS__
#pragma enumsalwaysint on
#endif
typedef enum {
DUMMY_ENUM_VALUE
} SDL_DUMMY_ENUM;
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(enum, sizeof(SDL_DUMMY_ENUM) == sizeof(int));
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MALLOC
#define SDL_malloc malloc
#else
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_malloc(size_t size);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CALLOC
#define SDL_calloc calloc
#else
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REALLOC
#define SDL_realloc realloc
#else
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_realloc(void *mem, size_t size);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FREE
#define SDL_free free
#else
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_free(void *mem);
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(alloca)
# if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)
# include <alloca.h>
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
# include <malloc.h>
# elif defined(__DMC__)
# include <stdlib.h>
# elif defined(__AIX__)
#pragma alloca
# elif defined(__MRC__)
void *alloca (unsigned);
# else
char *alloca ();
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)alloca(sizeof(type)*count)
#define SDL_stack_free(data)
#else
#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)SDL_malloc(sizeof(type)*count)
#define SDL_stack_free(data) SDL_free(data)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_GETENV
#define SDL_getenv getenv
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_getenv(const char *name);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_PUTENV
#define SDL_putenv putenv
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_putenv(const char *variable);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_QSORT
#define SDL_qsort qsort
#else
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
int (*compare)(const void *, const void *));
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ABS
#define SDL_abs abs
#else
#define SDL_abs(X) ((X) < 0 ? -(X) : (X))
#endif
#define SDL_min(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#define SDL_max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#ifdef HAVE_CTYPE_H
#define SDL_isdigit(X) isdigit(X)
#define SDL_isspace(X) isspace(X)
#define SDL_toupper(X) toupper(X)
#define SDL_tolower(X) tolower(X)
#else
#define SDL_isdigit(X) (((X) >= '0') && ((X) <= '9'))
#define SDL_isspace(X) (((X) == ' ') || ((X) == '\t') || ((X) == '\r') || ((X) == '\n'))
#define SDL_toupper(X) (((X) >= 'a') && ((X) <= 'z') ? ('A'+((X)-'a')) : (X))
#define SDL_tolower(X) (((X) >= 'A') && ((X) <= 'Z') ? ('a'+((X)-'A')) : (X))
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MEMSET
#define SDL_memset memset
#else
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_memset(void *dst, int c, size_t len);
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
#define SDL_memset4(dst, val, len) \
do { \
int u0, u1, u2; \
__asm__ __volatile__ ( \
"cld\n\t" \
"rep ; stosl\n\t" \
: "=&D" (u0), "=&a" (u1), "=&c" (u2) \
: "0" (dst), "1" (val), "2" ((Uint32)(len)) \
: "memory" ); \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef SDL_memset4
#define SDL_memset4(dst, val, len) \
do { \
unsigned _count = (len); \
unsigned _n = (_count + 3) / 4; \
Uint32 *_p = (Uint32 *)(dst); \
Uint32 _val = (val); \
switch (_count % 4) { \
case 0: do { *_p++ = _val; \
case 3: *_p++ = _val; \
case 2: *_p++ = _val; \
case 1: *_p++ = _val; \
} while ( --_n ); \
} \
} while(0)
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
#define SDL_memcpy(dst, src, len) \
do { \
int u0, u1, u2; \
__asm__ __volatile__ ( \
"cld\n\t" \
"rep ; movsl\n\t" \
"testb $2,%b4\n\t" \
"je 1f\n\t" \
"movsw\n" \
"1:\ttestb $1,%b4\n\t" \
"je 2f\n\t" \
"movsb\n" \
"2:" \
: "=&c" (u0), "=&D" (u1), "=&S" (u2) \
: "0" ((unsigned)(len)/4), "q" (len), "1" (dst),"2" (src) \
: "memory" ); \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef SDL_memcpy
#ifdef HAVE_MEMCPY
#define SDL_memcpy memcpy
#elif defined(HAVE_BCOPY)
#define SDL_memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy((s), (d), (n))
#else
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_memcpy(void *dst, const void *src, size_t len);
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
#define SDL_memcpy4(dst, src, len) \
do { \
int ecx, edi, esi; \
__asm__ __volatile__ ( \
"cld\n\t" \
"rep ; movsl" \
: "=&c" (ecx), "=&D" (edi), "=&S" (esi) \
: "0" ((unsigned)(len)), "1" (dst), "2" (src) \
: "memory" ); \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef SDL_memcpy4
#define SDL_memcpy4(dst, src, len) SDL_memcpy(dst, src, (len) << 2)
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
#define SDL_revcpy(dst, src, len) \
do { \
int u0, u1, u2; \
char *dstp = (char *)(dst); \
char *srcp = (char *)(src); \
int n = (len); \
if ( n >= 4 ) { \
__asm__ __volatile__ ( \
"std\n\t" \
"rep ; movsl\n\t" \
: "=&c" (u0), "=&D" (u1), "=&S" (u2) \
: "0" (n >> 2), \
"1" (dstp+(n-4)), "2" (srcp+(n-4)) \
: "memory" ); \
} \
switch (n & 3) { \
case 3: dstp[2] = srcp[2]; \
case 2: dstp[1] = srcp[1]; \
case 1: dstp[0] = srcp[0]; \
break; \
default: \
break; \
} \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef SDL_revcpy
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_revcpy(void *dst, const void *src, size_t len);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MEMMOVE
#define SDL_memmove memmove
#elif defined(HAVE_BCOPY)
#define SDL_memmove(d, s, n) bcopy((s), (d), (n))
#else
#define SDL_memmove(dst, src, len) \
do { \
if ( dst < src ) { \
SDL_memcpy(dst, src, len); \
} else { \
SDL_revcpy(dst, src, len); \
} \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MEMCMP
#define SDL_memcmp memcmp
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRLEN
#define SDL_strlen strlen
#else
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlen(const char *string);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRLCPY
#define SDL_strlcpy strlcpy
#else
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRLCAT
#define SDL_strlcat strlcat
#else
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRDUP
#define SDL_strdup strdup
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strdup(const char *string);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__STRREV
#define SDL_strrev _strrev
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strrev(char *string);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__STRUPR
#define SDL_strupr _strupr
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strupr(char *string);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__STRLWR
#define SDL_strlwr _strlwr
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strlwr(char *string);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRCHR
#define SDL_strchr strchr
#elif defined(HAVE_INDEX)
#define SDL_strchr index
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strchr(const char *string, int c);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRRCHR
#define SDL_strrchr strrchr
#elif defined(HAVE_RINDEX)
#define SDL_strrchr rindex
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strrchr(const char *string, int c);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRSTR
#define SDL_strstr strstr
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ITOA
#define SDL_itoa itoa
#else
#define SDL_itoa(value, string, radix) SDL_ltoa((long)value, string, radix)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__LTOA
#define SDL_ltoa _ltoa
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_ltoa(long value, char *string, int radix);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__UITOA
#define SDL_uitoa _uitoa
#else
#define SDL_uitoa(value, string, radix) SDL_ultoa((long)value, string, radix)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__ULTOA
#define SDL_ultoa _ultoa
#else
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_ultoa(unsigned long value, char *string, int radix);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
#define SDL_strtol strtol
#else
extern DECLSPEC long SDLCALL SDL_strtol(const char *string, char **endp, int base);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRTOUL
#define SDL_strtoul strtoul
#else
extern DECLSPEC unsigned long SDLCALL SDL_strtoul(const char *string, char **endp, int base);
#endif
#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
#ifdef HAVE__I64TOA
#define SDL_lltoa _i64toa
#else
extern DECLSPEC char* SDLCALL SDL_lltoa(Sint64 value, char *string, int radix);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE__UI64TOA
#define SDL_ulltoa _ui64toa
#else
extern DECLSPEC char* SDLCALL SDL_ulltoa(Uint64 value, char *string, int radix);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRTOLL
#define SDL_strtoll strtoll
#else
extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoll(const char *string, char **endp, int base);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRTOULL
#define SDL_strtoull strtoull
#else
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoull(const char *string, char **endp, int base);
#endif
#endif /* SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE */
#ifdef HAVE_STRTOD
#define SDL_strtod strtod
#else
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_strtod(const char *string, char **endp);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ATOI
#define SDL_atoi atoi
#else
#define SDL_atoi(X) SDL_strtol(X, NULL, 0)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ATOF
#define SDL_atof atof
#else
#define SDL_atof(X) SDL_strtod(X, NULL)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRCMP
#define SDL_strcmp strcmp
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRNCMP
#define SDL_strncmp strncmp
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t maxlen);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRCASECMP
#define SDL_strcasecmp strcasecmp
#elif defined(HAVE__STRICMP)
#define SDL_strcasecmp _stricmp
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
#define SDL_strncasecmp strncasecmp
#elif defined(HAVE__STRNICMP)
#define SDL_strncasecmp _strnicmp
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t maxlen);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SSCANF
#define SDL_sscanf sscanf
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_sscanf(const char *text, const char *fmt, ...);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF
#define SDL_snprintf snprintf
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_snprintf(char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, ...);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
#define SDL_vsnprintf vsnprintf
#else
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_vsnprintf(char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
#endif
/* The SDL implementation of iconv() returns these error codes */
#define SDL_ICONV_ERROR (size_t)-1
#define SDL_ICONV_E2BIG (size_t)-2
#define SDL_ICONV_EILSEQ (size_t)-3
#define SDL_ICONV_EINVAL (size_t)-4
#ifdef HAVE_ICONV
#define SDL_iconv_t iconv_t
#define SDL_iconv_open iconv_open
#define SDL_iconv_close iconv_close
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv(SDL_iconv_t cd, char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
#else
typedef struct _SDL_iconv_t *SDL_iconv_t;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_iconv_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv_open(const char *tocode, const char *fromcode);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iconv_close(SDL_iconv_t cd);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv(SDL_iconv_t cd, char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
#endif
/* This function converts a string between encodings in one pass, returning a
string that must be freed with SDL_free() or NULL on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_iconv_string(const char *tocode, const char *fromcode, char *inbuf, size_t inbytesleft);
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ascii(S) SDL_iconv_string("ASCII", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_latin1(S) SDL_iconv_string("LATIN1", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs2(S) (Uint16 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-2", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs4(S) (Uint32 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-4", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_stdinc_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks */
#ifndef _SDL_syswm_h
#define _SDL_syswm_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Your application has access to a special type of event 'SDL_SYSWMEVENT',
which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
an unhandled window event occurs. This event is ignored by default, but
you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
*/
#ifdef SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY
struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
/* conflicts with Quickdraw.h */
#define Cursor X11Cursor
#endif
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
/* matches the re-define above */
#undef Cursor
#endif
/* These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX */
typedef enum {
SDL_SYSWM_X11
} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
/* The UNIX custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union {
XEvent xevent;
} event;
};
/* The UNIX custom window manager information structure.
When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
*/
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo {
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union {
struct {
Display *display; /* The X11 display */
Window window; /* The X11 display window */
/* These locking functions should be called around
any X11 functions using the display variable.
They lock the event thread, so should not be
called around event functions or from event filters.
*/
void (*lock_func)(void);
void (*unlock_func)(void);
/* Introduced in SDL 1.0.2 */
Window fswindow; /* The X11 fullscreen window */
Window wmwindow; /* The X11 managed input window */
} x11;
} info;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_NANOX)
#include <microwin/nano-X.h>
/* The generic custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo {
SDL_version version ;
GR_WINDOW_ID window ; /* The display window */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDIB) || defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DDRAW) || defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_GAPI)
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
/* The windows custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
HWND hwnd; /* The window for the message */
UINT msg; /* The type of message */
WPARAM wParam; /* WORD message parameter */
LPARAM lParam; /* LONG message parameter */
};
/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo {
SDL_version version;
HWND window; /* The Win32 display window */
HGLRC hglrc; /* The OpenGL context, if any */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_RISCOS)
/* RISC OS custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int eventCode; /* The window for the message */
int pollBlock[64];
};
/* The RISC OS custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo {
SDL_version version;
int wimpVersion; /* Wimp version running under */
int taskHandle; /* The RISC OS task handle */
int window; /* The RISC OS display window */
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#elif defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_PHOTON)
#include <sys/neutrino.h>
#include <Ph.h>
/* The QNX custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The QNX custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo {
SDL_version version;
int data;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
/* The generic custom event structure */
struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
SDL_version version;
int data;
};
/* The generic custom window manager information structure */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo {
SDL_version version;
int data;
} SDL_SysWMinfo;
#endif /* video driver type */
#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
/* Function prototypes */
/*
* This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
* It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
* returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or
* the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
*
* You typically use this function like this:
* SDL_SysWMInfo info;
* SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
* if ( SDL_GetWMInfo(&info) ) { ... }
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWMInfo(SDL_SysWMinfo *info);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_syswm_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_thread_h
#define _SDL_thread_h
/* Header for the SDL thread management routines
These are independent of the other SDL routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
/* Thread synchronization primitives */
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
struct SDL_Thread;
typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
/* Create a thread */
#if (defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(HAVE_LIBC)) || defined(__OS2__)
/*
We compile SDL into a DLL on OS/2. This means, that it's the DLL which
creates a new thread for the calling process with the SDL_CreateThread()
API. There is a problem with this, that only the RTL of the SDL.DLL will
be initialized for those threads, and not the RTL of the calling application!
To solve this, we make a little hack here.
We'll always use the caller's _beginthread() and _endthread() APIs to
start a new thread. This way, if it's the SDL.DLL which uses this API,
then the RTL of SDL.DLL will be used to create the new thread, and if it's
the application, then the RTL of the application will be used.
So, in short:
Always use the _beginthread() and _endthread() of the calling runtime library!
*/
#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
#include <process.h> /* This has _beginthread() and _endthread() defined! */
#endif
#ifdef __OS2__
typedef int (*pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)(void (*func)(void *), void *, unsigned, void *arg);
typedef void (*pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)(void);
#elif __GNUC__
typedef unsigned long (__cdecl *pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread) (void *, unsigned,
unsigned (__stdcall *func)(void *), void *arg,
unsigned, unsigned *threadID);
typedef void (__cdecl *pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)(unsigned code);
#else
typedef uintptr_t (__cdecl *pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread) (void *, unsigned,
unsigned (__stdcall *func)(void *), void *arg,
unsigned, unsigned *threadID);
typedef void (__cdecl *pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)(unsigned code);
#endif
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread * SDLCALL SDL_CreateThread(int (SDLCALL *fn)(void *), void *data, pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread, pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
#ifdef __OS2__
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, data, _beginthread, _endthread)
#elif defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, data, NULL, NULL)
#else
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, data, _beginthreadex, _endthreadex)
#endif
#else
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread * SDLCALL SDL_CreateThread(int (SDLCALL *fn)(void *), void *data);
#endif
/* Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread */
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
/* Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread *thread);
/* Wait for a thread to finish.
The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread *thread, int *status);
/* Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_KillThread(SDL_Thread *thread);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_thread_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
#ifndef _SDL_timer_h
#define _SDL_timer_h
/* Header for the SDL time management routines */
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds */
#define SDL_TIMESLICE 10
/* This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms */
#define TIMER_RESOLUTION 10 /* Experimentally determined */
/* Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
* Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
/* Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
/* Function prototype for the timer callback function */
typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL *SDL_TimerCallback)(Uint32 interval);
/* Set a callback to run after the specified number of milliseconds has
* elapsed. The callback function is passed the current timer interval
* and returns the next timer interval. If the returned value is the
* same as the one passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a
* new alarm is scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm
* is cancelled.
*
* To cancel a currently running timer, call SDL_SetTimer(0, NULL);
*
* The timer callback function may run in a different thread than your
* main code, and so shouldn't call any functions from within itself.
*
* The maximum resolution of this timer is 10 ms, which means that if
* you request a 16 ms timer, your callback will run approximately 20 ms
* later on an unloaded system. If you wanted to set a flag signaling
* a frame update at 30 frames per second (every 33 ms), you might set a
* timer for 30 ms:
* SDL_SetTimer((33/10)*10, flag_update);
*
* If you use this function, you need to pass SDL_INIT_TIMER to SDL_Init().
*
* Under UNIX, you should not use raise or use SIGALRM and this function
* in the same program, as it is implemented using setitimer(). You also
* should not use this function in multi-threaded applications as signals
* to multi-threaded apps have undefined behavior in some implementations.
*
* This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTimer(Uint32 interval, SDL_TimerCallback callback);
/* New timer API, supports multiple timers
* Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com>
*/
/* Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
* The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
* the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
* passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
* scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
*/
typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL *SDL_NewTimerCallback)(Uint32 interval, void *param);
/* Definition of the timer ID type */
typedef struct _SDL_TimerID *SDL_TimerID;
/* Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval, SDL_NewTimerCallback callback, void *param);
/* Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID.
* Returns a boolean value indicating success.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID t);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_timer_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* DEPRECATED */
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"

View file

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* This header defines the current SDL version */
#ifndef _SDL_version_h
#define _SDL_version_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
*/
#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION 1
#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION 2
#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL 11
typedef struct SDL_version {
Uint8 major;
Uint8 minor;
Uint8 patch;
} SDL_version;
/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
* version of the SDL library.
*/
#define SDL_VERSION(X) \
{ \
(X)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; \
(X)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION; \
(X)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL; \
}
/* This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
(1,2,3) -> (1203)
This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels
*/
#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z) \
((X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z))
/* This is the version number macro for the current SDL version */
#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
/* This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z */
#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
(SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
use the SDL_Version() macro.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL SDL_Linked_Version(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_version_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2006 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* Header file for access to the SDL raw framebuffer window */
#ifndef _SDL_video_h
#define _SDL_video_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
#define SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
#define SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
/* Useful data types */
typedef struct SDL_Rect {
Sint16 x, y;
Uint16 w, h;
} SDL_Rect;
typedef struct SDL_Color {
Uint8 r;
Uint8 g;
Uint8 b;
Uint8 unused;
} SDL_Color;
#define SDL_Colour SDL_Color
typedef struct SDL_Palette {
int ncolors;
SDL_Color *colors;
} SDL_Palette;
/* Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only */
typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat {
SDL_Palette *palette;
Uint8 BitsPerPixel;
Uint8 BytesPerPixel;
Uint8 Rloss;
Uint8 Gloss;
Uint8 Bloss;
Uint8 Aloss;
Uint8 Rshift;
Uint8 Gshift;
Uint8 Bshift;
Uint8 Ashift;
Uint32 Rmask;
Uint32 Gmask;
Uint32 Bmask;
Uint32 Amask;
/* RGB color key information */
Uint32 colorkey;
/* Alpha value information (per-surface alpha) */
Uint8 alpha;
} SDL_PixelFormat;
/* This structure should be treated as read-only, except for 'pixels',
which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
*/
typedef struct SDL_Surface {
Uint32 flags; /* Read-only */
SDL_PixelFormat *format; /* Read-only */
int w, h; /* Read-only */
Uint16 pitch; /* Read-only */
void *pixels; /* Read-write */
int offset; /* Private */
/* Hardware-specific surface info */
struct private_hwdata *hwdata;
/* clipping information */
SDL_Rect clip_rect; /* Read-only */
Uint32 unused1; /* for binary compatibility */
/* Allow recursive locks */
Uint32 locked; /* Private */
/* info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
struct SDL_BlitMap *map; /* Private */
/* format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps */
unsigned int format_version; /* Private */
/* Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
int refcount; /* Read-mostly */
} SDL_Surface;
/* These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface */
/* Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode() */
#define SDL_SWSURFACE 0x00000000 /* Surface is in system memory */
#define SDL_HWSURFACE 0x00000001 /* Surface is in video memory */
#define SDL_ASYNCBLIT 0x00000004 /* Use asynchronous blits if possible */
/* Available for SDL_SetVideoMode() */
#define SDL_ANYFORMAT 0x10000000 /* Allow any video depth/pixel-format */
#define SDL_HWPALETTE 0x20000000 /* Surface has exclusive palette */
#define SDL_DOUBLEBUF 0x40000000 /* Set up double-buffered video mode */
#define SDL_FULLSCREEN 0x80000000 /* Surface is a full screen display */
#define SDL_OPENGL 0x00000002 /* Create an OpenGL rendering context */
#define SDL_OPENGLBLIT 0x0000000A /* Create an OpenGL rendering context and use it for blitting */
#define SDL_RESIZABLE 0x00000010 /* This video mode may be resized */
#define SDL_NOFRAME 0x00000020 /* No window caption or edge frame */
/* Used internally (read-only) */
#define SDL_HWACCEL 0x00000100 /* Blit uses hardware acceleration */
#define SDL_SRCCOLORKEY 0x00001000 /* Blit uses a source color key */
#define SDL_RLEACCELOK 0x00002000 /* Private flag */
#define SDL_RLEACCEL 0x00004000 /* Surface is RLE encoded */
#define SDL_SRCALPHA 0x00010000 /* Blit uses source alpha blending */
#define SDL_PREALLOC 0x01000000 /* Surface uses preallocated memory */
/* Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access */
#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) \
(surface->offset || \
((surface->flags & (SDL_HWSURFACE|SDL_ASYNCBLIT|SDL_RLEACCEL)) != 0))
/* typedef for private surface blitting functions */
typedef int (*SDL_blit)(struct SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
struct SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities */
typedef struct SDL_VideoInfo {
Uint32 hw_available :1; /* Flag: Can you create hardware surfaces? */
Uint32 wm_available :1; /* Flag: Can you talk to a window manager? */
Uint32 UnusedBits1 :6;
Uint32 UnusedBits2 :1;
Uint32 blit_hw :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits HW --> HW */
Uint32 blit_hw_CC :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Colorkey */
Uint32 blit_hw_A :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Alpha */
Uint32 blit_sw :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits SW --> HW */
Uint32 blit_sw_CC :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Colorkey */
Uint32 blit_sw_A :1; /* Flag: Accelerated blits with Alpha */
Uint32 blit_fill :1; /* Flag: Accelerated color fill */
Uint32 UnusedBits3 :16;
Uint32 video_mem; /* The total amount of video memory (in K) */
SDL_PixelFormat *vfmt; /* Value: The format of the video surface */
int current_w; /* Value: The current video mode width */
int current_h; /* Value: The current video mode height */
} SDL_VideoInfo;
/* The most common video overlay formats.
For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html
*/
#define SDL_YV12_OVERLAY 0x32315659 /* Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) */
#define SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY 0x56555949 /* Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) */
#define SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY 0x32595559 /* Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) */
#define SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY 0x59565955 /* Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) */
#define SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY 0x55595659 /* Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) */
/* The YUV hardware video overlay */
typedef struct SDL_Overlay {
Uint32 format; /* Read-only */
int w, h; /* Read-only */
int planes; /* Read-only */
Uint16 *pitches; /* Read-only */
Uint8 **pixels; /* Read-write */
/* Hardware-specific surface info */
struct private_yuvhwfuncs *hwfuncs;
struct private_yuvhwdata *hwdata;
/* Special flags */
Uint32 hw_overlay :1; /* Flag: This overlay hardware accelerated? */
Uint32 UnusedBits :31;
} SDL_Overlay;
/* Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes. */
typedef enum {
SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
SDL_GL_STEREO,
SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL
} SDL_GLattr;
/* flags for SDL_SetPalette() */
#define SDL_LOGPAL 0x01
#define SDL_PHYSPAL 0x02
/* Function prototypes */
/* These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
* have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
* You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*
* SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
* to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
* pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
* Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
*
* If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
* SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
* you won't be able to set full-screen display modes.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoInit(const char *driver_name, Uint32 flags);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_VideoQuit(void);
/* This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
* video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
* been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_VideoDriverName(char *namebuf, int maxlen);
/*
* This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
* If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
* function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
* surface.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoSurface(void);
/*
* This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
* video hardware. If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
* member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
* "best" video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_VideoInfo * SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoInfo(void);
/*
* Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
* It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
* or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
* given width and height. If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
* one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
* but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
*
* The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
* SDL_SetVideoMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoModeOK(int width, int height, int bpp, Uint32 flags);
/*
* Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
* given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest. Returns
* NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format,
* or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
*
* If 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given
* by SDL_GetVideoInfo()->vfmt
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Rect ** SDLCALL SDL_ListModes(SDL_PixelFormat *format, Uint32 flags);
/*
* Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
*
* If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
*
* If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
* requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
* available. The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
* is not natively available.
*
* If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
* video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
* in order to access the raw framebuffer. Otherwise, the video surface
* will be created in system memory.
*
* If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
* updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
* SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
*
* If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
* that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
* Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
* of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
* at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
* If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set,
* i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
* under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
*
* If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
* a fullscreen video mode. The default is to create a windowed mode
* if the current graphics system has a window manager.
* If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag
* will be set in the surface that is returned.
*
* If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
* two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call
* SDL_Flip(). This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
* scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video
* memory while the monitor is refreshing. It should only be used by
* applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
*
* If SDL_RESIZABLE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will allow the
* window manager, if any, to resize the window at runtime. When this
* occurs, SDL will send a SDL_VIDEORESIZE event to you application,
* and you must respond to the event by re-calling SDL_SetVideoMode()
* with the requested size (or another size that suits the application).
*
* If SDL_NOFRAME is set in 'flags', the SDL library will create a window
* without any title bar or frame decoration. Fullscreen video modes have
* this flag set automatically.
*
* This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails.
*
* If you rely on functionality provided by certain video flags, check the
* flags of the returned surface to make sure that functionality is available.
* SDL will fall back to reduced functionality if the exact flags you wanted
* are not available.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_SetVideoMode
(int width, int height, int bpp, Uint32 flags);
/*
* Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
* If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
* screen.
* These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UpdateRects
(SDL_Surface *screen, int numrects, SDL_Rect *rects);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UpdateRect
(SDL_Surface *screen, Sint32 x, Sint32 y, Uint32 w, Uint32 h);
/*
* On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
* and returns. The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
* video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
* On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
* to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
* The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
* setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
* This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Flip(SDL_Surface *screen);
/*
* Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
* The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
*
* If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
* be emulated using gamma ramps, if available. If successful, this
* function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetGamma(float red, float green, float blue);
/*
* Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
* of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
* representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
* The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
* gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
*
* You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
* If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
* hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
* this function will return -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetGammaRamp(const Uint16 *red, const Uint16 *green, const Uint16 *blue);
/*
* Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
*
* You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
* Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
* If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
* hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
* this function will return -1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetGammaRamp(Uint16 *red, Uint16 *green, Uint16 *blue);
/*
* Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface. If 'surface'
* is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
* If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
* return 1. If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
* it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
* determine the actual color palette.
*
* When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
* display colormap will be updated with the requested colors. If
* SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
* will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
* you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
* emulation.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColors(SDL_Surface *surface,
SDL_Color *colors, int firstcolor, int ncolors);
/*
* Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
* 'flags' is one or both of:
* SDL_LOGPAL -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
* to/from the surface,
* SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
* the screen
* Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
* palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
*
* The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
* otherwise.
*
* SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
* flags = (SDL_LOGPAL|SDL_PHYSPAL).
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPalette(SDL_Surface *surface, int flags,
SDL_Color *colors, int firstcolor,
int ncolors);
/*
* Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB
(SDL_PixelFormat *format, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/*
* Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(SDL_PixelFormat *format,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
/*
* Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt,
Uint8 *r, Uint8 *g, Uint8 *b);
/*
* Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt,
Uint8 *r, Uint8 *g, Uint8 *b, Uint8 *a);
/*
* Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
* If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
* If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
* flags '[RGB]mask'.
* If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
*
* The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
* SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
* SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
* with the same format as the display surface. This is useful for surfaces
* that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
* when being blitted to the display surface.
* SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
* this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
* SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
* SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
* If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
* two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
* video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
* acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
* SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and
* if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
* two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
* if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
* If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
* but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
* and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
* the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
* If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
* will be set in the flags member of the returned surface. If for some
* reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
* the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead.
*/
#define SDL_AllocSurface SDL_CreateRGBSurface
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
(Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
int width, int height, int depth, int pitch,
Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
* Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
* to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in
* 'surface->format'. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
* use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
*
* Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
* to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
* pixel format of the surface will not change. In particular, if the
* SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
* will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
*
* No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
* pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
*
* SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
* If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
* Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
* The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
/* Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file */
#define SDL_LoadBMP(file) SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
/*
* Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
* If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
* Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_RWops *dst, int freedst);
/* Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file */
#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
/*
* Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
* If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL),
* 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
* SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
* and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
* If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
* This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey
(SDL_Surface *surface, Uint32 flag, Uint32 key);
/*
* This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
* using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
* of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
* being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
* opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
* that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
*
* If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
* If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
* OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
* surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed.
*
* The 'alpha' parameter is ignored for surfaces that have an alpha channel.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetAlpha(SDL_Surface *surface, Uint32 flag, Uint8 alpha);
/*
* Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
*
* If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
* If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
* return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
* function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
* the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
*
* Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
* and destination surfaces.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface *surface, const SDL_Rect *rect);
/*
* Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
* 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
* with the correct values.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_Rect *rect);
/*
* Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
* the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
* fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
*
* The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
* semantics. You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
* SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
* surface.
*
* This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat().
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt, Uint32 flags);
/*
* This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
* surface. It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
* the same size. If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
* surface (src or dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
* in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
* If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
*
* The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
*
* The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
* are defined as follows:
*
* RGBA->RGB:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
* SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy RGB.
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
* comparison.
*
* RGB->RGBA:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
* set destination alpha to opaque.
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy RGB, set destination alpha to source per-surface alpha value.
* both:
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* source colour key.
*
* RGBA->RGBA:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
* leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
* SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy all of RGBA to the destination.
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
* comparison.
*
* RGB->RGB:
* SDL_SRCALPHA set:
* alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
* SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
* copy RGB.
* both:
* if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
* source colour key.
*
* If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
* the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and
* re-blitted:
while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) == -2 ) {
while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 )
Sleep(10);
-- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
}
* This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
* fullscreen application. The lock will also fail until you have access
* to the video memory again.
*/
/* You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
*/
#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
/* This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
blitting only.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/*
* This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
* The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
* and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
* If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
* The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
* can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
* This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
(SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect, Uint32 color);
/*
* This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
* pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
* blitting onto the display surface. It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
*
* If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
* acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
* calling this function.
*
* If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_DisplayFormat(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
* pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
* suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
* The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
*
* If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
* acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
* calling this function.
*
* If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(SDL_Surface *surface);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* YUV video surface overlay functions */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* This function creates a video output overlay
Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Overlay * SDLCALL SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(int width, int height,
Uint32 format, SDL_Surface *display);
/* Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
/* Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
not defined.
The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* Free a video overlay */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* OpenGL support functions. */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/*
* Dynamically load an OpenGL library, or the default one if path is NULL
*
* If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
* your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
/*
* Get the address of a GL function
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const char* proc);
/*
* Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int value);
/*
* Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
* interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
* the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
* stores the values you request before initialization.
*
* Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
* themselves if they want to retrieve these values.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int* value);
/*
* Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_SwapBuffers(void);
/*
* Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
* and understood the source code for these functions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_UpdateRects(int numrects, SDL_Rect* rects);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_Lock(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_Unlock(void);
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any. */
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/*
* Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window (UTF-8 encoded)
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WM_SetCaption(const char *title, const char *icon);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WM_GetCaption(char **title, char **icon);
/*
* Sets the icon for the display window.
* This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
* It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
* If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WM_SetIcon(SDL_Surface *icon, Uint8 *mask);
/*
* This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
* If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
* This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WM_IconifyWindow(void);
/*
* Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
* If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
* the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
*
* If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from
* running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
* If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
*
* The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
* attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
* set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
*
* This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(SDL_Surface *surface);
/*
* This function allows you to set and query the input grab state of
* the application. It returns the new input grab state.
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1,
SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0,
SDL_GRAB_ON = 1,
SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN /* Used internally */
} SDL_GrabMode;
/*
* Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
* and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
* and not interpreted by a window manager, if any.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GrabMode SDLCALL SDL_WM_GrabInput(SDL_GrabMode mode);
/* Not in public API at the moment - do not use! */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_video_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
*/
/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
#ifdef _begin_code_h
#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
#endif
#define _begin_code_h
/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
#ifndef DECLSPEC
# if defined(__BEOS__)
# if defined(__GNUC__)
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(export)
# endif
# elif defined(__WIN32__)
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
# ifdef BUILD_SDL
# define DECLSPEC
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# endif
# elif defined(__OS2__)
# ifdef __WATCOMC__
# ifdef BUILD_SDL
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# else
# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
# define DECLSPEC __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* By default SDL uses the C calling convention */
#ifndef SDLCALL
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDLCALL __cdecl
#else
#ifdef __OS2__
/* But on OS/2, we use the _System calling convention */
/* to be compatible with every compiler */
#define SDLCALL _System
#else
#define SDLCALL
#endif
#endif
#endif /* SDLCALL */
/* Removed DECLSPEC on Symbian OS because SDL cannot be a DLL in EPOC */
#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__
#undef DECLSPEC
#define DECLSPEC
#endif /* __SYMBIAN32__ */
/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
#endif
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#pragma pack(push,4)
#elif (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MACOS__))
#pragma options align=mac68k4byte
#pragma enumsalwaysint on
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
/* Set up compiler-specific options for inlining functions */
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
/* Add any special compiler-specific cases here */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || \
defined(__DMC__) || defined(__SC__) || \
defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \
defined(__DECC)
#ifndef __inline__
#define __inline__ __inline
#endif
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
#if !defined(__MRC__) && !defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#define __inline__ inline
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#endif /* Not a funky compiler */
#endif /* Visual C++ */
#endif /* GNU C */
#endif /* SDL_INLINE_OKAY */
/* If inlining isn't supported, remove "__inline__", turning static
inlined functions into static functions (resulting in code bloat
in all files which include the offending header files)
*/
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#define __inline__
#endif
/* Apparently this is needed by several Windows compilers */
#if !defined(__MACH__)
#ifndef NULL
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define NULL 0
#else
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif
#endif /* NULL */
#endif /* ! Mac OS X - breaks precompiled headers */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/*
SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Sam Lantinga
slouken@libsdl.org
*/
/* This file reverses the effects of begin_code.h and should be included
after you finish any function and structure declarations in your headers
*/
#undef _begin_code_h
/* Reset structure packing at previous byte alignment */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#if (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MACOS__))
#pragma options align=reset
#pragma enumsalwaysint reset
#else
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Foobar; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
// qftol -- fast floating point to long conversion.
//
// 23/09/05 Ported to gas by intel2gas, best supporting actor Tim Angus
// <tim@ngus.net>
#include "qasm.h"
#if id386
.data
temp: .single 0.0
fpucw: .long 0
// Precision Control Field , 2 bits / 0x0300
// PC24 0x0000 Single precision (24 bits).
// PC53 0x0200 Double precision (53 bits).
// PC64 0x0300 Extended precision (64 bits).
// Rounding Control Field, 2 bits / 0x0C00
// RCN 0x0000 Rounding to nearest (even).
// RCD 0x0400 Rounding down (directed, minus).
// RCU 0x0800 Rounding up (directed plus).
// RC0 0x0C00 Rounding towards zero (chop mode).
// rounding towards nearest (even)
cw027F: .long 0x027F
cw037F: .long 0x037F
// rounding towards zero (chop mode)
cw0E7F: .long 0x0E7F
cw0F7F: .long 0x0F7F
.text
//
// int qftol( void ) - default control word
//
.globl C(qftol)
C(qftol):
fistpl temp
movl temp,%eax
ret
//
// int qftol027F( void ) - DirectX FPU
//
.globl C(qftol027F)
C(qftol027F):
fnstcw fpucw
fldcw cw027F
fistpl temp
fldcw fpucw
movl temp,%eax
ret
//
// int qftol037F( void ) - Linux FPU
//
.globl C(qftol037F)
C(qftol037F):
fnstcw fpucw
fldcw cw037F
fistpl temp
fldcw fpucw
movl temp,%eax
ret
//
// int qftol0F7F( void ) - ANSI
//
.globl C(qftol0F7F)
C(qftol0F7F):
fnstcw fpucw
fldcw cw0F7F
fistpl temp
fldcw fpucw
movl temp,%eax
ret
//
// int qftol0E7F( void )
//
.globl C(qftol0E7F)
C(qftol0E7F):
fnstcw fpucw
fldcw cw0E7F
fistpl temp
fldcw fpucw
movl temp,%eax
ret
//
// long Q_ftol( float q )
//
.globl C(Q_ftol)
C(Q_ftol):
flds 4(%esp)
fistpl temp
movl temp,%eax
ret
//
// long qftol0F7F( float q ) - Linux FPU
//
.globl C(Q_ftol0F7F)
C(Q_ftol0F7F):
fnstcw fpucw
flds 4(%esp)
fldcw cw0F7F
fistpl temp
fldcw fpucw
movl temp,%eax
ret
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Foobar; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
// math.s
// x86 assembly-language math routines.
#include "qasm.h"
#if id386
.data
.align 4
Ljmptab: .long Lcase0, Lcase1, Lcase2, Lcase3
.long Lcase4, Lcase5, Lcase6, Lcase7
.text
// TODO: rounding needed?
// stack parameter offset
#define val 4
.globl C(Invert24To16)
C(Invert24To16):
movl val(%esp),%ecx
movl $0x100,%edx // 0x10000000000 as dividend
cmpl %edx,%ecx
jle LOutOfRange
subl %eax,%eax
divl %ecx
ret
LOutOfRange:
movl $0xFFFFFFFF,%eax
ret
#if 0
#define in 4
#define out 8
.align 2
.globl C(TransformVector)
C(TransformVector):
movl in(%esp),%eax
movl out(%esp),%edx
flds (%eax) // in[0]
fmuls C(vright) // in[0]*vright[0]
flds (%eax) // in[0] | in[0]*vright[0]
fmuls C(vup) // in[0]*vup[0] | in[0]*vright[0]
flds (%eax) // in[0] | in[0]*vup[0] | in[0]*vright[0]
fmuls C(vpn) // in[0]*vpn[0] | in[0]*vup[0] | in[0]*vright[0]
flds 4(%eax) // in[1] | ...
fmuls C(vright)+4 // in[1]*vright[1] | ...
flds 4(%eax) // in[1] | in[1]*vright[1] | ...
fmuls C(vup)+4 // in[1]*vup[1] | in[1]*vright[1] | ...
flds 4(%eax) // in[1] | in[1]*vup[1] | in[1]*vright[1] | ...
fmuls C(vpn)+4 // in[1]*vpn[1] | in[1]*vup[1] | in[1]*vright[1] | ...
fxch %st(2) // in[1]*vright[1] | in[1]*vup[1] | in[1]*vpn[1] | ...
faddp %st(0),%st(5) // in[1]*vup[1] | in[1]*vpn[1] | ...
faddp %st(0),%st(3) // in[1]*vpn[1] | ...
faddp %st(0),%st(1) // vpn_accum | vup_accum | vright_accum
flds 8(%eax) // in[2] | ...
fmuls C(vright)+8 // in[2]*vright[2] | ...
flds 8(%eax) // in[2] | in[2]*vright[2] | ...
fmuls C(vup)+8 // in[2]*vup[2] | in[2]*vright[2] | ...
flds 8(%eax) // in[2] | in[2]*vup[2] | in[2]*vright[2] | ...
fmuls C(vpn)+8 // in[2]*vpn[2] | in[2]*vup[2] | in[2]*vright[2] | ...
fxch %st(2) // in[2]*vright[2] | in[2]*vup[2] | in[2]*vpn[2] | ...
faddp %st(0),%st(5) // in[2]*vup[2] | in[2]*vpn[2] | ...
faddp %st(0),%st(3) // in[2]*vpn[2] | ...
faddp %st(0),%st(1) // vpn_accum | vup_accum | vright_accum
fstps 8(%edx) // out[2]
fstps 4(%edx) // out[1]
fstps (%edx) // out[0]
ret
#endif
#define EMINS 4+4
#define EMAXS 4+8
#define P 4+12
.align 2
.globl C(BoxOnPlaneSide)
C(BoxOnPlaneSide):
pushl %ebx
movl P(%esp),%edx
movl EMINS(%esp),%ecx
xorl %eax,%eax
movl EMAXS(%esp),%ebx
movb pl_signbits(%edx),%al
cmpb $8,%al
jge Lerror
flds pl_normal(%edx) // p->normal[0]
fld %st(0) // p->normal[0] | p->normal[0]
// bk000422 - warning: missing prefix `*' in absolute indirect address, maybe misassembled!
// bk001129 - fix from Andrew Henderson, was: Ljmptab(,%eax,4)
jmp *Ljmptab(,%eax,4)
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
Lcase0:
fmuls (%ebx) // p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] | p->normal[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx) // p->normal[1] | p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]
fxch %st(2) // p->normal[0] | p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[1]
fmuls (%ecx) // p->normal[0]*emins[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] | p->normal[1]
fxch %st(2) // p->normal[1] | p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fld %st(0) // p->normal[1] | p->normal[1] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fmuls 4(%ebx) // p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] | p->normal[1] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx) // p->normal[2] | p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1] | p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fxch %st(2) // p->normal[1] | p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[2] | p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fmuls 4(%ecx) // p->normal[1]*emins[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[2] | p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fxch %st(2) // p->normal[2] | p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fld %st(0) // p->normal[2] | p->normal[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fmuls 8(%ebx) // p->normal[2]*emaxs[2] |
// p->normal[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[0]*emins[0]
fxch %st(5) // p->normal[0]*emins[0] |
// p->normal[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1] |
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[2]*emaxs[2]
faddp %st(0),%st(3) //p->normal[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1]+p->normal[0]*emins[0]|
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[2]*emaxs[2]
fmuls 8(%ecx) //p->normal[2]*emins[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1]+p->normal[0]*emins[0]|
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[2]*emaxs[2]
fxch %st(1) //p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] |
// p->normal[2]*emins[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1]+p->normal[0]*emins[0]|
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] |
// p->normal[2]*emaxs[2]
faddp %st(0),%st(3) //p->normal[2]*emins[2] |
// p->normal[1]*emins[1]+p->normal[0]*emins[0]|
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0]+p->normal[1]*emaxs[1]|
// p->normal[2]*emaxs[2]
fxch %st(3) //p->normal[2]*emaxs[2] +
// p->normal[1]*emins[1]+p->normal[0]*emins[0]|
// p->normal[0]*emaxs[0]+p->normal[1]*emaxs[1]|
// p->normal[2]*emins[2]
faddp %st(0),%st(2) //p->normal[1]*emins[1]+p->normal[0]*emins[0]|
// dist1 | p->normal[2]*emins[2]
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
Lcase1:
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
Lcase2:
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
Lcase3:
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
Lcase4:
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
Lcase5:
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
Lcase6:
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
jmp LSetSides
//dist1= p->normal[0]*emins[0] + p->normal[1]*emins[1] + p->normal[2]*emins[2];
//dist2= p->normal[0]*emaxs[0] + p->normal[1]*emaxs[1] + p->normal[2]*emaxs[2];
Lcase7:
fmuls (%ecx) // emins[0]
flds pl_normal+4(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls (%ebx) // emaxs[0]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 4(%ecx) // emins[1]
flds pl_normal+8(%edx)
fxch %st(2)
fmuls 4(%ebx) // emaxs[1]
fxch %st(2)
fld %st(0)
fmuls 8(%ecx) // emins[2]
fxch %st(5)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fmuls 8(%ebx) // emaxs[2]
fxch %st(1)
faddp %st(0),%st(3)
fxch %st(3)
faddp %st(0),%st(2)
LSetSides:
// sides = 0;
// if (dist1 >= p->dist)
// sides = 1;
// if (dist2 < p->dist)
// sides |= 2;
faddp %st(0),%st(2) // dist1 | dist2
fcomps pl_dist(%edx)
xorl %ecx,%ecx
fnstsw %ax
fcomps pl_dist(%edx)
andb $1,%ah
xorb $1,%ah
addb %ah,%cl
fnstsw %ax
andb $1,%ah
addb %ah,%ah
addb %ah,%cl
// return sides;
popl %ebx
movl %ecx,%eax // return status
ret
Lerror:
movl 1, %eax
ret
#endif // id386

View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
#ifndef __ASM_I386__
#define __ASM_I386__
#include "../qcommon/q_platform.h"
#ifdef __ELF__
.section .note.GNU-stack,"",@progbits
#endif
#ifdef __ELF__
#define C(label) label
#else
#define C(label) _##label
#endif
// plane_t structure
// !!! if this is changed, it must be changed in q_shared.h too !!!
#define pl_normal 0
#define pl_dist 12
#define pl_type 16
#define pl_signbits 17
#define pl_pad 18
#define pl_size 20
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Foobar; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
// Sys_SnapVector NASM code (Andrew Henderson)
// See win32/win_shared.c for the Win32 equivalent
// This code is provided to ensure that the
// rounding behavior (and, if necessary, the
// precision) of DLL and QVM code are identical
// e.g. for network-visible operations.
// See ftol.nasm for operations on a single float,
// as used in compiled VM and DLL code that does
// not use this system trap.
//
// 23/09/05 Ported to gas by intel2gas, best supporting actor Tim Angus
// <tim@ngus.net>
#include "qasm.h"
#if id386
.data
fpucw: .long 0
cw037F: .long 0x037F
.text
// void Sys_SnapVector( float *v )
.globl C(Sys_SnapVector)
C(Sys_SnapVector):
pushl %eax
pushl %ebp
movl %esp,%ebp
fnstcw fpucw
movl 12(%ebp),%eax
fldcw cw037F
flds (%eax)
fistpl (%eax)
fildl (%eax)
fstps (%eax)
flds 4(%eax)
fistpl 4(%eax)
fildl 4(%eax)
fstps 4(%eax)
flds 8(%eax)
fistpl 8(%eax)
fildl 8(%eax)
fstps 8(%eax)
fldcw fpucw
popl %ebp
popl %eax
ret
// void Sys_SnapVectorCW( float *v, unsigned short int cw )
.globl C(Sys_SnapVectorCW)
C(Sys_SnapVectorCW):
pushl %eax
pushl %ebp
movl %esp,%ebp
fnstcw fpucw
movl 12(%ebp),%eax
fldcw 16(%ebp)
flds (%eax)
fistpl (%eax)
fildl (%eax)
fstps (%eax)
flds 4(%eax)
fistpl 4(%eax)
fildl 4(%eax)
fstps 4(%eax)
flds 8(%eax)
fistpl 8(%eax)
fildl 8(%eax)
fstps 8(%eax)
fldcw fpucw
popl %ebp
popl %eax
ret
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Foobar; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
// snd_mixa.s
// x86 assembly-language sound code
//
#include "qasm.h"
#if id386
.text
#if 0
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// 8-bit sound-mixing code
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define ch 4+16
#define sc 8+16
#define count 12+16
.globl C(S_PaintChannelFrom8)
C(S_PaintChannelFrom8):
pushl %esi // preserve register variables
pushl %edi
pushl %ebx
pushl %ebp
// int data;
// short *lscale, *rscale;
// unsigned char *sfx;
// int i;
movl ch(%esp),%ebx
movl sc(%esp),%esi
// if (ch->leftvol > 255)
// ch->leftvol = 255;
// if (ch->rightvol > 255)
// ch->rightvol = 255;
movl ch_leftvol(%ebx),%eax
movl ch_rightvol(%ebx),%edx
cmpl $255,%eax
jna LLeftSet
movl $255,%eax
LLeftSet:
cmpl $255,%edx
jna LRightSet
movl $255,%edx
LRightSet:
// lscale = snd_scaletable[ch->leftvol >> 3];
// rscale = snd_scaletable[ch->rightvol >> 3];
// sfx = (signed char *)sc->data + ch->pos;
// ch->pos += count;
andl $0xF8,%eax
addl $20,%esi
movl (%esi),%esi
andl $0xF8,%edx
movl ch_pos(%ebx),%edi
movl count(%esp),%ecx
addl %edi,%esi
shll $7,%eax
addl %ecx,%edi
shll $7,%edx
movl %edi,ch_pos(%ebx)
addl $(C(snd_scaletable)),%eax
addl $(C(snd_scaletable)),%edx
subl %ebx,%ebx
movb -1(%esi,%ecx,1),%bl
testl $1,%ecx
jz LMix8Loop
movl (%eax,%ebx,4),%edi
movl (%edx,%ebx,4),%ebp
addl C(paintbuffer)+psp_left-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size),%edi
addl C(paintbuffer)+psp_right-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size),%ebp
movl %edi,C(paintbuffer)+psp_left-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size)
movl %ebp,C(paintbuffer)+psp_right-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size)
movb -2(%esi,%ecx,1),%bl
decl %ecx
jz LDone
// for (i=0 ; i<count ; i++)
// {
LMix8Loop:
// data = sfx[i];
// paintbuffer[i].left += lscale[data];
// paintbuffer[i].right += rscale[data];
movl (%eax,%ebx,4),%edi
movl (%edx,%ebx,4),%ebp
addl C(paintbuffer)+psp_left-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size),%edi
addl C(paintbuffer)+psp_right-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size),%ebp
movb -2(%esi,%ecx,1),%bl
movl %edi,C(paintbuffer)+psp_left-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size)
movl %ebp,C(paintbuffer)+psp_right-psp_size(,%ecx,psp_size)
movl (%eax,%ebx,4),%edi
movl (%edx,%ebx,4),%ebp
movb -3(%esi,%ecx,1),%bl
addl C(paintbuffer)+psp_left-psp_size*2(,%ecx,psp_size),%edi
addl C(paintbuffer)+psp_right-psp_size*2(,%ecx,psp_size),%ebp
movl %edi,C(paintbuffer)+psp_left-psp_size*2(,%ecx,psp_size)
movl %ebp,C(paintbuffer)+psp_right-psp_size*2(,%ecx,psp_size)
// }
subl $2,%ecx
jnz LMix8Loop
LDone:
popl %ebp
popl %ebx
popl %edi
popl %esi
ret
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Transfer of stereo buffer to 16-bit DMA buffer code
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
.globl C(S_WriteLinearBlastStereo16)
C(S_WriteLinearBlastStereo16):
pushl %edi
pushl %ebx
// int i;
// int val;
movl C(snd_linear_count),%ecx
movl C(snd_p),%ebx
movl C(snd_out),%edi
// for (i=0 ; i<snd_linear_count ; i+=2)
// {
LWLBLoopTop:
// val = (snd_p[i]*snd_vol)>>8;
// if (val > 0x7fff)
// snd_out[i] = 0x7fff;
// else if (val < (short)0x8000)
// snd_out[i] = (short)0x8000;
// else
// snd_out[i] = val;
movl -8(%ebx,%ecx,4),%eax
sarl $8,%eax
cmpl $0x7FFF,%eax
jg LClampHigh
cmpl $0xFFFF8000,%eax
jnl LClampDone
movl $0xFFFF8000,%eax
jmp LClampDone
LClampHigh:
movl $0x7FFF,%eax
LClampDone:
// val = (snd_p[i+1]*snd_vol)>>8;
// if (val > 0x7fff)
// snd_out[i+1] = 0x7fff;
// else if (val < (short)0x8000)
// snd_out[i+1] = (short)0x8000;
// else
// snd_out[i+1] = val;
movl -4(%ebx,%ecx,4),%edx
sarl $8,%edx
cmpl $0x7FFF,%edx
jg LClampHigh2
cmpl $0xFFFF8000,%edx
jnl LClampDone2
movl $0xFFFF8000,%edx
jmp LClampDone2
LClampHigh2:
movl $0x7FFF,%edx
LClampDone2:
shll $16,%edx
andl $0xFFFF,%eax
orl %eax,%edx
movl %edx,-4(%edi,%ecx,2)
// }
subl $2,%ecx
jnz LWLBLoopTop
// snd_p += snd_linear_count;
popl %ebx
popl %edi
ret
#endif // id386

View file

@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//NOTE: int = default signed
// default long
#define AASID (('S'<<24)+('A'<<16)+('A'<<8)+'E')
#define AASVERSION_OLD 4
#define AASVERSION 5
//presence types
#define PRESENCE_NONE 1
#define PRESENCE_NORMAL 2
#define PRESENCE_CROUCH 4
//travel types
#define MAX_TRAVELTYPES 32
#define TRAVEL_INVALID 1 //temporary not possible
#define TRAVEL_WALK 2 //walking
#define TRAVEL_CROUCH 3 //crouching
#define TRAVEL_BARRIERJUMP 4 //jumping onto a barrier
#define TRAVEL_JUMP 5 //jumping
#define TRAVEL_LADDER 6 //climbing a ladder
#define TRAVEL_WALKOFFLEDGE 7 //walking of a ledge
#define TRAVEL_SWIM 8 //swimming
#define TRAVEL_WATERJUMP 9 //jump out of the water
#define TRAVEL_TELEPORT 10 //teleportation
#define TRAVEL_ELEVATOR 11 //travel by elevator
#define TRAVEL_ROCKETJUMP 12 //rocket jumping required for travel
#define TRAVEL_BFGJUMP 13 //bfg jumping required for travel
#define TRAVEL_GRAPPLEHOOK 14 //grappling hook required for travel
#define TRAVEL_DOUBLEJUMP 15 //double jump
#define TRAVEL_RAMPJUMP 16 //ramp jump
#define TRAVEL_STRAFEJUMP 17 //strafe jump
#define TRAVEL_JUMPPAD 18 //jump pad
#define TRAVEL_FUNCBOB 19 //func bob
//additional travel flags
#define TRAVELTYPE_MASK 0xFFFFFF
#define TRAVELFLAG_NOTTEAM1 (1 << 24)
#define TRAVELFLAG_NOTTEAM2 (2 << 24)
//face flags
#define FACE_SOLID 1 //just solid at the other side
#define FACE_LADDER 2 //ladder
#define FACE_GROUND 4 //standing on ground when in this face
#define FACE_GAP 8 //gap in the ground
#define FACE_LIQUID 16 //face seperating two areas with liquid
#define FACE_LIQUIDSURFACE 32 //face seperating liquid and air
#define FACE_BRIDGE 64 //can walk over this face if bridge is closed
//area contents
#define AREACONTENTS_WATER 1
#define AREACONTENTS_LAVA 2
#define AREACONTENTS_SLIME 4
#define AREACONTENTS_CLUSTERPORTAL 8
#define AREACONTENTS_TELEPORTAL 16
#define AREACONTENTS_ROUTEPORTAL 32
#define AREACONTENTS_TELEPORTER 64
#define AREACONTENTS_JUMPPAD 128
#define AREACONTENTS_DONOTENTER 256
#define AREACONTENTS_VIEWPORTAL 512
#define AREACONTENTS_MOVER 1024
#define AREACONTENTS_NOTTEAM1 2048
#define AREACONTENTS_NOTTEAM2 4096
//number of model of the mover inside this area
#define AREACONTENTS_MODELNUMSHIFT 24
#define AREACONTENTS_MAXMODELNUM 0xFF
#define AREACONTENTS_MODELNUM (AREACONTENTS_MAXMODELNUM << AREACONTENTS_MODELNUMSHIFT)
//area flags
#define AREA_GROUNDED 1 //bot can stand on the ground
#define AREA_LADDER 2 //area contains one or more ladder faces
#define AREA_LIQUID 4 //area contains a liquid
#define AREA_DISABLED 8 //area is disabled for routing when set
#define AREA_BRIDGE 16 //area ontop of a bridge
//aas file header lumps
#define AAS_LUMPS 14
#define AASLUMP_BBOXES 0
#define AASLUMP_VERTEXES 1
#define AASLUMP_PLANES 2
#define AASLUMP_EDGES 3
#define AASLUMP_EDGEINDEX 4
#define AASLUMP_FACES 5
#define AASLUMP_FACEINDEX 6
#define AASLUMP_AREAS 7
#define AASLUMP_AREASETTINGS 8
#define AASLUMP_REACHABILITY 9
#define AASLUMP_NODES 10
#define AASLUMP_PORTALS 11
#define AASLUMP_PORTALINDEX 12
#define AASLUMP_CLUSTERS 13
//========== bounding box =========
//bounding box
typedef struct aas_bbox_s
{
int presencetype;
int flags;
vec3_t mins, maxs;
} aas_bbox_t;
//============ settings ===========
//reachability to another area
typedef struct aas_reachability_s
{
int areanum; //number of the reachable area
int facenum; //number of the face towards the other area
int edgenum; //number of the edge towards the other area
vec3_t start; //start point of inter area movement
vec3_t end; //end point of inter area movement
int traveltype; //type of travel required to get to the area
unsigned short int traveltime;//travel time of the inter area movement
} aas_reachability_t;
//area settings
typedef struct aas_areasettings_s
{
//could also add all kind of statistic fields
int contents; //contents of the area
int areaflags; //several area flags
int presencetype; //how a bot can be present in this area
int cluster; //cluster the area belongs to, if negative it's a portal
int clusterareanum; //number of the area in the cluster
int numreachableareas; //number of reachable areas from this one
int firstreachablearea; //first reachable area in the reachable area index
} aas_areasettings_t;
//cluster portal
typedef struct aas_portal_s
{
int areanum; //area that is the actual portal
int frontcluster; //cluster at front of portal
int backcluster; //cluster at back of portal
int clusterareanum[2]; //number of the area in the front and back cluster
} aas_portal_t;
//cluster portal index
typedef int aas_portalindex_t;
//cluster
typedef struct aas_cluster_s
{
int numareas; //number of areas in the cluster
int numreachabilityareas; //number of areas with reachabilities
int numportals; //number of cluster portals
int firstportal; //first cluster portal in the index
} aas_cluster_t;
//============ 3d definition ============
typedef vec3_t aas_vertex_t;
//just a plane in the third dimension
typedef struct aas_plane_s
{
vec3_t normal; //normal vector of the plane
float dist; //distance of the plane (normal vector * distance = point in plane)
int type;
} aas_plane_t;
//edge
typedef struct aas_edge_s
{
int v[2]; //numbers of the vertexes of this edge
} aas_edge_t;
//edge index, negative if vertexes are reversed
typedef int aas_edgeindex_t;
//a face bounds an area, often it will also seperate two areas
typedef struct aas_face_s
{
int planenum; //number of the plane this face is in
int faceflags; //face flags (no use to create face settings for just this field)
int numedges; //number of edges in the boundary of the face
int firstedge; //first edge in the edge index
int frontarea; //area at the front of this face
int backarea; //area at the back of this face
} aas_face_t;
//face index, stores a negative index if backside of face
typedef int aas_faceindex_t;
//area with a boundary of faces
typedef struct aas_area_s
{
int areanum; //number of this area
//3d definition
int numfaces; //number of faces used for the boundary of the area
int firstface; //first face in the face index used for the boundary of the area
vec3_t mins; //mins of the area
vec3_t maxs; //maxs of the area
vec3_t center; //'center' of the area
} aas_area_t;
//nodes of the bsp tree
typedef struct aas_node_s
{
int planenum;
int children[2]; //child nodes of this node, or areas as leaves when negative
//when a child is zero it's a solid leaf
} aas_node_t;
//=========== aas file ===============
//header lump
typedef struct
{
int fileofs;
int filelen;
} aas_lump_t;
//aas file header
typedef struct aas_header_s
{
int ident;
int version;
int bspchecksum;
//data entries
aas_lump_t lumps[AAS_LUMPS];
} aas_header_t;
//====== additional information ======
/*
- when a node child is a solid leaf the node child number is zero
- two adjacent areas (sharing a plane at opposite sides) share a face
this face is a portal between the areas
- when an area uses a face from the faceindex with a positive index
then the face plane normal points into the area
- the face edges are stored counter clockwise using the edgeindex
- two adjacent convex areas (sharing a face) only share One face
this is a simple result of the areas being convex
- the areas can't have a mixture of ground and gap faces
other mixtures of faces in one area are allowed
- areas with the AREACONTENTS_CLUSTERPORTAL in the settings have
the cluster number set to the negative portal number
- edge zero is a dummy
- face zero is a dummy
- area zero is a dummy
- node zero is a dummy
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas.h
*
* desc: Area Awareness System, stuff exported to the AI
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifndef MAX_STRINGFIELD
#define MAX_STRINGFIELD 80
#endif
//travel flags
#define TFL_INVALID 0x00000001 //traveling temporary not possible
#define TFL_WALK 0x00000002 //walking
#define TFL_CROUCH 0x00000004 //crouching
#define TFL_BARRIERJUMP 0x00000008 //jumping onto a barrier
#define TFL_JUMP 0x00000010 //jumping
#define TFL_LADDER 0x00000020 //climbing a ladder
#define TFL_WALKOFFLEDGE 0x00000080 //walking of a ledge
#define TFL_SWIM 0x00000100 //swimming
#define TFL_WATERJUMP 0x00000200 //jumping out of the water
#define TFL_TELEPORT 0x00000400 //teleporting
#define TFL_ELEVATOR 0x00000800 //elevator
#define TFL_ROCKETJUMP 0x00001000 //rocket jumping
#define TFL_BFGJUMP 0x00002000 //bfg jumping
#define TFL_GRAPPLEHOOK 0x00004000 //grappling hook
#define TFL_DOUBLEJUMP 0x00008000 //double jump
#define TFL_RAMPJUMP 0x00010000 //ramp jump
#define TFL_STRAFEJUMP 0x00020000 //strafe jump
#define TFL_JUMPPAD 0x00040000 //jump pad
#define TFL_AIR 0x00080000 //travel through air
#define TFL_WATER 0x00100000 //travel through water
#define TFL_SLIME 0x00200000 //travel through slime
#define TFL_LAVA 0x00400000 //travel through lava
#define TFL_DONOTENTER 0x00800000 //travel through donotenter area
#define TFL_FUNCBOB 0x01000000 //func bobbing
#define TFL_FLIGHT 0x02000000 //flight
#define TFL_BRIDGE 0x04000000 //move over a bridge
//
#define TFL_NOTTEAM1 0x08000000 //not team 1
#define TFL_NOTTEAM2 0x10000000 //not team 2
//default travel flags
#define TFL_DEFAULT TFL_WALK|TFL_CROUCH|TFL_BARRIERJUMP|\
TFL_JUMP|TFL_LADDER|\
TFL_WALKOFFLEDGE|TFL_SWIM|TFL_WATERJUMP|\
TFL_TELEPORT|TFL_ELEVATOR|\
TFL_AIR|TFL_WATER|TFL_JUMPPAD|TFL_FUNCBOB
typedef enum
{
SOLID_NOT, // no interaction with other objects
SOLID_TRIGGER, // only touch when inside, after moving
SOLID_BBOX, // touch on edge
SOLID_BSP // bsp clip, touch on edge
} solid_t;
//a trace is returned when a box is swept through the AAS world
typedef struct aas_trace_s
{
qboolean startsolid; // if true, the initial point was in a solid area
float fraction; // time completed, 1.0 = didn't hit anything
vec3_t endpos; // final position
int ent; // entity blocking the trace
int lastarea; // last area the trace was in (zero if none)
int area; // area blocking the trace (zero if none)
int planenum; // number of the plane that was hit
} aas_trace_t;
/* Defined in botlib.h
//bsp_trace_t hit surface
typedef struct bsp_surface_s
{
char name[16];
int flags;
int value;
} bsp_surface_t;
//a trace is returned when a box is swept through the BSP world
typedef struct bsp_trace_s
{
qboolean allsolid; // if true, plane is not valid
qboolean startsolid; // if true, the initial point was in a solid area
float fraction; // time completed, 1.0 = didn't hit anything
vec3_t endpos; // final position
cplane_t plane; // surface normal at impact
float exp_dist; // expanded plane distance
int sidenum; // number of the brush side hit
bsp_surface_t surface; // hit surface
int contents; // contents on other side of surface hit
int ent; // number of entity hit
} bsp_trace_t;
//
*/
//entity info
typedef struct aas_entityinfo_s
{
int valid; // true if updated this frame
int type; // entity type
int flags; // entity flags
float ltime; // local time
float update_time; // time between last and current update
int number; // number of the entity
vec3_t origin; // origin of the entity
vec3_t angles; // angles of the model
vec3_t old_origin; // for lerping
vec3_t lastvisorigin; // last visible origin
vec3_t mins; // bounding box minimums
vec3_t maxs; // bounding box maximums
int groundent; // ground entity
int solid; // solid type
int modelindex; // model used
int modelindex2; // weapons, CTF flags, etc
int frame; // model frame number
int event; // impulse events -- muzzle flashes, footsteps, etc
int eventParm; // even parameter
int powerups; // bit flags
int weapon; // determines weapon and flash model, etc
int legsAnim; // mask off ANIM_TOGGLEBIT
int torsoAnim; // mask off ANIM_TOGGLEBIT
} aas_entityinfo_t;
// area info
typedef struct aas_areainfo_s
{
int contents;
int flags;
int presencetype;
int cluster;
vec3_t mins;
vec3_t maxs;
vec3_t center;
} aas_areainfo_t;
// client movement prediction stop events, stop as soon as:
#define SE_NONE 0
#define SE_HITGROUND 1 // the ground is hit
#define SE_LEAVEGROUND 2 // there's no ground
#define SE_ENTERWATER 4 // water is entered
#define SE_ENTERSLIME 8 // slime is entered
#define SE_ENTERLAVA 16 // lava is entered
#define SE_HITGROUNDDAMAGE 32 // the ground is hit with damage
#define SE_GAP 64 // there's a gap
#define SE_TOUCHJUMPPAD 128 // touching a jump pad area
#define SE_TOUCHTELEPORTER 256 // touching teleporter
#define SE_ENTERAREA 512 // the given stoparea is entered
#define SE_HITGROUNDAREA 1024 // a ground face in the area is hit
#define SE_HITBOUNDINGBOX 2048 // hit the specified bounding box
#define SE_TOUCHCLUSTERPORTAL 4096 // touching a cluster portal
typedef struct aas_clientmove_s
{
vec3_t endpos; //position at the end of movement prediction
int endarea; //area at end of movement prediction
vec3_t velocity; //velocity at the end of movement prediction
aas_trace_t trace; //last trace
int presencetype; //presence type at end of movement prediction
int stopevent; //event that made the prediction stop
int endcontents; //contents at the end of movement prediction
float time; //time predicted ahead
int frames; //number of frames predicted ahead
} aas_clientmove_t;
// alternate route goals
#define ALTROUTEGOAL_ALL 1
#define ALTROUTEGOAL_CLUSTERPORTALS 2
#define ALTROUTEGOAL_VIEWPORTALS 4
typedef struct aas_altroutegoal_s
{
vec3_t origin;
int areanum;
unsigned short starttraveltime;
unsigned short goaltraveltime;
unsigned short extratraveltime;
} aas_altroutegoal_t;
// route prediction stop events
#define RSE_NONE 0
#define RSE_NOROUTE 1 //no route to goal
#define RSE_USETRAVELTYPE 2 //stop as soon as on of the given travel types is used
#define RSE_ENTERCONTENTS 4 //stop when entering the given contents
#define RSE_ENTERAREA 8 //stop when entering the given area
typedef struct aas_predictroute_s
{
vec3_t endpos; //position at the end of movement prediction
int endarea; //area at end of movement prediction
int stopevent; //event that made the prediction stop
int endcontents; //contents at the end of movement prediction
int endtravelflags; //end travel flags
int numareas; //number of areas predicted ahead
int time; //time predicted ahead (in hundreth of a sec)
} aas_predictroute_t;

View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_bsp.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_bsp.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
//loads the given BSP file
int AAS_LoadBSPFile(void);
//dump the loaded BSP data
void AAS_DumpBSPData(void);
//unlink the given entity from the bsp tree leaves
void AAS_UnlinkFromBSPLeaves(bsp_link_t *leaves);
//link the given entity to the bsp tree leaves of the given model
bsp_link_t *AAS_BSPLinkEntity(vec3_t absmins,
vec3_t absmaxs,
int entnum,
int modelnum);
//calculates collision with given entity
qboolean AAS_EntityCollision(int entnum,
vec3_t start,
vec3_t boxmins,
vec3_t boxmaxs,
vec3_t end,
int contentmask,
bsp_trace_t *trace);
//for debugging
void AAS_PrintFreeBSPLinks(char *str);
//
#endif //AASINTERN
#define MAX_EPAIRKEY 128
//trace through the world
bsp_trace_t AAS_Trace( vec3_t start,
vec3_t mins,
vec3_t maxs,
vec3_t end,
int passent,
int contentmask);
//returns the contents at the given point
int AAS_PointContents(vec3_t point);
//returns true when p2 is in the PVS of p1
qboolean AAS_inPVS(vec3_t p1, vec3_t p2);
//returns true when p2 is in the PHS of p1
qboolean AAS_inPHS(vec3_t p1, vec3_t p2);
//returns true if the given areas are connected
qboolean AAS_AreasConnected(int area1, int area2);
//creates a list with entities totally or partly within the given box
int AAS_BoxEntities(vec3_t absmins, vec3_t absmaxs, int *list, int maxcount);
//gets the mins, maxs and origin of a BSP model
void AAS_BSPModelMinsMaxsOrigin(int modelnum, vec3_t angles, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs, vec3_t origin);
//handle to the next bsp entity
int AAS_NextBSPEntity(int ent);
//return the value of the BSP epair key
int AAS_ValueForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, char *value, int size);
//get a vector for the BSP epair key
int AAS_VectorForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, vec3_t v);
//get a float for the BSP epair key
int AAS_FloatForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, float *value);
//get an integer for the BSP epair key
int AAS_IntForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, int *value);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_bspq3.c
*
* desc: BSP, Environment Sampling
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_bspq3.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
extern botlib_import_t botimport;
//#define TRACE_DEBUG
#define ON_EPSILON 0.005
//#define DEG2RAD( a ) (( a * M_PI ) / 180.0F)
#define MAX_BSPENTITIES 2048
typedef struct rgb_s
{
int red;
int green;
int blue;
} rgb_t;
//bsp entity epair
typedef struct bsp_epair_s
{
char *key;
char *value;
struct bsp_epair_s *next;
} bsp_epair_t;
//bsp data entity
typedef struct bsp_entity_s
{
bsp_epair_t *epairs;
} bsp_entity_t;
//id Sofware BSP data
typedef struct bsp_s
{
//true when bsp file is loaded
int loaded;
//entity data
int entdatasize;
char *dentdata;
//bsp entities
int numentities;
bsp_entity_t entities[MAX_BSPENTITIES];
} bsp_t;
//global bsp
bsp_t bspworld;
#ifdef BSP_DEBUG
typedef struct cname_s
{
int value;
char *name;
} cname_t;
cname_t contentnames[] =
{
{CONTENTS_SOLID,"CONTENTS_SOLID"},
{CONTENTS_WINDOW,"CONTENTS_WINDOW"},
{CONTENTS_AUX,"CONTENTS_AUX"},
{CONTENTS_LAVA,"CONTENTS_LAVA"},
{CONTENTS_SLIME,"CONTENTS_SLIME"},
{CONTENTS_WATER,"CONTENTS_WATER"},
{CONTENTS_MIST,"CONTENTS_MIST"},
{LAST_VISIBLE_CONTENTS,"LAST_VISIBLE_CONTENTS"},
{CONTENTS_AREAPORTAL,"CONTENTS_AREAPORTAL"},
{CONTENTS_PLAYERCLIP,"CONTENTS_PLAYERCLIP"},
{CONTENTS_MONSTERCLIP,"CONTENTS_MONSTERCLIP"},
{CONTENTS_CURRENT_0,"CONTENTS_CURRENT_0"},
{CONTENTS_CURRENT_90,"CONTENTS_CURRENT_90"},
{CONTENTS_CURRENT_180,"CONTENTS_CURRENT_180"},
{CONTENTS_CURRENT_270,"CONTENTS_CURRENT_270"},
{CONTENTS_CURRENT_UP,"CONTENTS_CURRENT_UP"},
{CONTENTS_CURRENT_DOWN,"CONTENTS_CURRENT_DOWN"},
{CONTENTS_ORIGIN,"CONTENTS_ORIGIN"},
{CONTENTS_MONSTER,"CONTENTS_MONSTER"},
{CONTENTS_DEADMONSTER,"CONTENTS_DEADMONSTER"},
{CONTENTS_DETAIL,"CONTENTS_DETAIL"},
{CONTENTS_TRANSLUCENT,"CONTENTS_TRANSLUCENT"},
{CONTENTS_LADDER,"CONTENTS_LADDER"},
{0, 0}
};
void PrintContents(int contents)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; contentnames[i].value; i++)
{
if (contents & contentnames[i].value)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "%s\n", contentnames[i].name);
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function PrintContents
#endif // BSP_DEBUG
//===========================================================================
// traces axial boxes of any size through the world
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
bsp_trace_t AAS_Trace(vec3_t start, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs, vec3_t end, int passent, int contentmask)
{
bsp_trace_t bsptrace;
botimport.Trace(&bsptrace, start, mins, maxs, end, passent, contentmask);
return bsptrace;
} //end of the function AAS_Trace
//===========================================================================
// returns the contents at the given point
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_PointContents(vec3_t point)
{
return botimport.PointContents(point);
} //end of the function AAS_PointContents
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean AAS_EntityCollision(int entnum,
vec3_t start, vec3_t boxmins, vec3_t boxmaxs, vec3_t end,
int contentmask, bsp_trace_t *trace)
{
bsp_trace_t enttrace;
botimport.EntityTrace(&enttrace, start, boxmins, boxmaxs, end, entnum, contentmask);
if (enttrace.fraction < trace->fraction)
{
Com_Memcpy(trace, &enttrace, sizeof(bsp_trace_t));
return qtrue;
} //end if
return qfalse;
} //end of the function AAS_EntityCollision
//===========================================================================
// returns true if in Potentially Hearable Set
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean AAS_inPVS(vec3_t p1, vec3_t p2)
{
return botimport.inPVS(p1, p2);
} //end of the function AAS_InPVS
//===========================================================================
// returns true if in Potentially Visible Set
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean AAS_inPHS(vec3_t p1, vec3_t p2)
{
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_inPHS
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_BSPModelMinsMaxsOrigin(int modelnum, vec3_t angles, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs, vec3_t origin)
{
botimport.BSPModelMinsMaxsOrigin(modelnum, angles, mins, maxs, origin);
} //end of the function AAS_BSPModelMinsMaxs
//===========================================================================
// unlinks the entity from all leaves
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_UnlinkFromBSPLeaves(bsp_link_t *leaves)
{
} //end of the function AAS_UnlinkFromBSPLeaves
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
bsp_link_t *AAS_BSPLinkEntity(vec3_t absmins, vec3_t absmaxs, int entnum, int modelnum)
{
return NULL;
} //end of the function AAS_BSPLinkEntity
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_BoxEntities(vec3_t absmins, vec3_t absmaxs, int *list, int maxcount)
{
return 0;
} //end of the function AAS_BoxEntities
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_NextBSPEntity(int ent)
{
ent++;
if (ent >= 1 && ent < bspworld.numentities) return ent;
return 0;
} //end of the function AAS_NextBSPEntity
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_BSPEntityInRange(int ent)
{
if (ent <= 0 || ent >= bspworld.numentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "bsp entity out of range\n");
return qfalse;
} //end if
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_BSPEntityInRange
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_ValueForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, char *value, int size)
{
bsp_epair_t *epair;
value[0] = '\0';
if (!AAS_BSPEntityInRange(ent)) return qfalse;
for (epair = bspworld.entities[ent].epairs; epair; epair = epair->next)
{
if (!strcmp(epair->key, key))
{
strncpy(value, epair->value, size-1);
value[size-1] = '\0';
return qtrue;
} //end if
} //end for
return qfalse;
} //end of the function AAS_FindBSPEpair
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_VectorForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, vec3_t v)
{
char buf[MAX_EPAIRKEY];
double v1, v2, v3;
VectorClear(v);
if (!AAS_ValueForBSPEpairKey(ent, key, buf, MAX_EPAIRKEY)) return qfalse;
//scanf into doubles, then assign, so it is vec_t size independent
v1 = v2 = v3 = 0;
sscanf(buf, "%lf %lf %lf", &v1, &v2, &v3);
v[0] = v1;
v[1] = v2;
v[2] = v3;
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_VectorForBSPEpairKey
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_FloatForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, float *value)
{
char buf[MAX_EPAIRKEY];
*value = 0;
if (!AAS_ValueForBSPEpairKey(ent, key, buf, MAX_EPAIRKEY)) return qfalse;
*value = atof(buf);
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_FloatForBSPEpairKey
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_IntForBSPEpairKey(int ent, char *key, int *value)
{
char buf[MAX_EPAIRKEY];
*value = 0;
if (!AAS_ValueForBSPEpairKey(ent, key, buf, MAX_EPAIRKEY)) return qfalse;
*value = atoi(buf);
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_IntForBSPEpairKey
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_FreeBSPEntities(void)
{
int i;
bsp_entity_t *ent;
bsp_epair_t *epair, *nextepair;
for (i = 1; i < bspworld.numentities; i++)
{
ent = &bspworld.entities[i];
for (epair = ent->epairs; epair; epair = nextepair)
{
nextepair = epair->next;
//
if (epair->key) FreeMemory(epair->key);
if (epair->value) FreeMemory(epair->value);
FreeMemory(epair);
} //end for
} //end for
bspworld.numentities = 0;
} //end of the function AAS_FreeBSPEntities
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ParseBSPEntities(void)
{
script_t *script;
token_t token;
bsp_entity_t *ent;
bsp_epair_t *epair;
script = LoadScriptMemory(bspworld.dentdata, bspworld.entdatasize, "entdata");
SetScriptFlags(script, SCFL_NOSTRINGWHITESPACES|SCFL_NOSTRINGESCAPECHARS);//SCFL_PRIMITIVE);
bspworld.numentities = 1;
while(PS_ReadToken(script, &token))
{
if (strcmp(token.string, "{"))
{
ScriptError(script, "invalid %s\n", token.string);
AAS_FreeBSPEntities();
FreeScript(script);
return;
} //end if
if (bspworld.numentities >= MAX_BSPENTITIES)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "too many entities in BSP file\n");
break;
} //end if
ent = &bspworld.entities[bspworld.numentities];
bspworld.numentities++;
ent->epairs = NULL;
while(PS_ReadToken(script, &token))
{
if (!strcmp(token.string, "}")) break;
epair = (bsp_epair_t *) GetClearedHunkMemory(sizeof(bsp_epair_t));
epair->next = ent->epairs;
ent->epairs = epair;
if (token.type != TT_STRING)
{
ScriptError(script, "invalid %s\n", token.string);
AAS_FreeBSPEntities();
FreeScript(script);
return;
} //end if
StripDoubleQuotes(token.string);
epair->key = (char *) GetHunkMemory(strlen(token.string) + 1);
strcpy(epair->key, token.string);
if (!PS_ExpectTokenType(script, TT_STRING, 0, &token))
{
AAS_FreeBSPEntities();
FreeScript(script);
return;
} //end if
StripDoubleQuotes(token.string);
epair->value = (char *) GetHunkMemory(strlen(token.string) + 1);
strcpy(epair->value, token.string);
} //end while
if (strcmp(token.string, "}"))
{
ScriptError(script, "missing }\n");
AAS_FreeBSPEntities();
FreeScript(script);
return;
} //end if
} //end while
FreeScript(script);
} //end of the function AAS_ParseBSPEntities
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_BSPTraceLight(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, vec3_t endpos, int *red, int *green, int *blue)
{
return 0;
} //end of the function AAS_BSPTraceLight
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DumpBSPData(void)
{
AAS_FreeBSPEntities();
if (bspworld.dentdata) FreeMemory(bspworld.dentdata);
bspworld.dentdata = NULL;
bspworld.entdatasize = 0;
//
bspworld.loaded = qfalse;
Com_Memset( &bspworld, 0, sizeof(bspworld) );
} //end of the function AAS_DumpBSPData
//===========================================================================
// load an bsp file
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_LoadBSPFile(void)
{
AAS_DumpBSPData();
bspworld.entdatasize = strlen(botimport.BSPEntityData()) + 1;
bspworld.dentdata = (char *) GetClearedHunkMemory(bspworld.entdatasize);
Com_Memcpy(bspworld.dentdata, botimport.BSPEntityData(), bspworld.entdatasize);
AAS_ParseBSPEntities();
bspworld.loaded = qtrue;
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function AAS_LoadBSPFile

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_cluster.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_cluster.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
//initialize the AAS clustering
void AAS_InitClustering(void);
//
void AAS_SetViewPortalsAsClusterPortals(void);
#endif //AASINTERN

View file

@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_debug.c
*
* desc: AAS debug code
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_debug.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
#define MAX_DEBUGLINES 1024
#define MAX_DEBUGPOLYGONS 8192
int debuglines[MAX_DEBUGLINES];
int debuglinevisible[MAX_DEBUGLINES];
int numdebuglines;
static int debugpolygons[MAX_DEBUGPOLYGONS];
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ClearShownPolygons(void)
{
int i;
//*
for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEBUGPOLYGONS; i++)
{
if (debugpolygons[i]) botimport.DebugPolygonDelete(debugpolygons[i]);
debugpolygons[i] = 0;
} //end for
//*/
/*
for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEBUGPOLYGONS; i++)
{
botimport.DebugPolygonDelete(i);
debugpolygons[i] = 0;
} //end for
*/
} //end of the function AAS_ClearShownPolygons
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowPolygon(int color, int numpoints, vec3_t *points)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEBUGPOLYGONS; i++)
{
if (!debugpolygons[i])
{
debugpolygons[i] = botimport.DebugPolygonCreate(color, numpoints, points);
break;
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_ShowPolygon
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ClearShownDebugLines(void)
{
int i;
//make all lines invisible
for (i = 0; i < MAX_DEBUGLINES; i++)
{
if (debuglines[i])
{
//botimport.DebugLineShow(debuglines[i], NULL, NULL, LINECOLOR_NONE);
botimport.DebugLineDelete(debuglines[i]);
debuglines[i] = 0;
debuglinevisible[i] = qfalse;
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_ClearShownDebugLines
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DebugLine(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int color)
{
int line;
for (line = 0; line < MAX_DEBUGLINES; line++)
{
if (!debuglines[line])
{
debuglines[line] = botimport.DebugLineCreate();
debuglinevisible[line] = qfalse;
numdebuglines++;
} //end if
if (!debuglinevisible[line])
{
botimport.DebugLineShow(debuglines[line], start, end, color);
debuglinevisible[line] = qtrue;
return;
} //end else
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_DebugLine
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_PermanentLine(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int color)
{
int line;
line = botimport.DebugLineCreate();
botimport.DebugLineShow(line, start, end, color);
} //end of the function AAS_PermenentLine
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DrawPermanentCross(vec3_t origin, float size, int color)
{
int i, debugline;
vec3_t start, end;
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
VectorCopy(origin, start);
start[i] += size;
VectorCopy(origin, end);
end[i] -= size;
AAS_DebugLine(start, end, color);
debugline = botimport.DebugLineCreate();
botimport.DebugLineShow(debugline, start, end, color);
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_DrawPermanentCross
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DrawPlaneCross(vec3_t point, vec3_t normal, float dist, int type, int color)
{
int n0, n1, n2, j, line, lines[2];
vec3_t start1, end1, start2, end2;
//make a cross in the hit plane at the hit point
VectorCopy(point, start1);
VectorCopy(point, end1);
VectorCopy(point, start2);
VectorCopy(point, end2);
n0 = type % 3;
n1 = (type + 1) % 3;
n2 = (type + 2) % 3;
start1[n1] -= 6;
start1[n2] -= 6;
end1[n1] += 6;
end1[n2] += 6;
start2[n1] += 6;
start2[n2] -= 6;
end2[n1] -= 6;
end2[n2] += 6;
start1[n0] = (dist - (start1[n1] * normal[n1] +
start1[n2] * normal[n2])) / normal[n0];
end1[n0] = (dist - (end1[n1] * normal[n1] +
end1[n2] * normal[n2])) / normal[n0];
start2[n0] = (dist - (start2[n1] * normal[n1] +
start2[n2] * normal[n2])) / normal[n0];
end2[n0] = (dist - (end2[n1] * normal[n1] +
end2[n2] * normal[n2])) / normal[n0];
for (j = 0, line = 0; j < 2 && line < MAX_DEBUGLINES; line++)
{
if (!debuglines[line])
{
debuglines[line] = botimport.DebugLineCreate();
lines[j++] = debuglines[line];
debuglinevisible[line] = qtrue;
numdebuglines++;
} //end if
else if (!debuglinevisible[line])
{
lines[j++] = debuglines[line];
debuglinevisible[line] = qtrue;
} //end else
} //end for
botimport.DebugLineShow(lines[0], start1, end1, color);
botimport.DebugLineShow(lines[1], start2, end2, color);
} //end of the function AAS_DrawPlaneCross
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowBoundingBox(vec3_t origin, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs)
{
vec3_t bboxcorners[8];
int lines[3];
int i, j, line;
//upper corners
bboxcorners[0][0] = origin[0] + maxs[0];
bboxcorners[0][1] = origin[1] + maxs[1];
bboxcorners[0][2] = origin[2] + maxs[2];
//
bboxcorners[1][0] = origin[0] + mins[0];
bboxcorners[1][1] = origin[1] + maxs[1];
bboxcorners[1][2] = origin[2] + maxs[2];
//
bboxcorners[2][0] = origin[0] + mins[0];
bboxcorners[2][1] = origin[1] + mins[1];
bboxcorners[2][2] = origin[2] + maxs[2];
//
bboxcorners[3][0] = origin[0] + maxs[0];
bboxcorners[3][1] = origin[1] + mins[1];
bboxcorners[3][2] = origin[2] + maxs[2];
//lower corners
Com_Memcpy(bboxcorners[4], bboxcorners[0], sizeof(vec3_t) * 4);
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) bboxcorners[4 + i][2] = origin[2] + mins[2];
//draw bounding box
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
{
for (j = 0, line = 0; j < 3 && line < MAX_DEBUGLINES; line++)
{
if (!debuglines[line])
{
debuglines[line] = botimport.DebugLineCreate();
lines[j++] = debuglines[line];
debuglinevisible[line] = qtrue;
numdebuglines++;
} //end if
else if (!debuglinevisible[line])
{
lines[j++] = debuglines[line];
debuglinevisible[line] = qtrue;
} //end else
} //end for
//top plane
botimport.DebugLineShow(lines[0], bboxcorners[i],
bboxcorners[(i+1)&3], LINECOLOR_RED);
//bottom plane
botimport.DebugLineShow(lines[1], bboxcorners[4+i],
bboxcorners[4+((i+1)&3)], LINECOLOR_RED);
//vertical lines
botimport.DebugLineShow(lines[2], bboxcorners[i],
bboxcorners[4+i], LINECOLOR_RED);
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_ShowBoundingBox
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowFace(int facenum)
{
int i, color, edgenum;
aas_edge_t *edge;
aas_face_t *face;
aas_plane_t *plane;
vec3_t start, end;
color = LINECOLOR_YELLOW;
//check if face number is in range
if (facenum >= aasworld.numfaces)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "facenum %d out of range\n", facenum);
} //end if
face = &aasworld.faces[facenum];
//walk through the edges of the face
for (i = 0; i < face->numedges; i++)
{
//edge number
edgenum = abs(aasworld.edgeindex[face->firstedge + i]);
//check if edge number is in range
if (edgenum >= aasworld.numedges)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "edgenum %d out of range\n", edgenum);
} //end if
edge = &aasworld.edges[edgenum];
if (color == LINECOLOR_RED) color = LINECOLOR_GREEN;
else if (color == LINECOLOR_GREEN) color = LINECOLOR_BLUE;
else if (color == LINECOLOR_BLUE) color = LINECOLOR_YELLOW;
else color = LINECOLOR_RED;
AAS_DebugLine(aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[0]],
aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[1]],
color);
} //end for
plane = &aasworld.planes[face->planenum];
edgenum = abs(aasworld.edgeindex[face->firstedge]);
edge = &aasworld.edges[edgenum];
VectorCopy(aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[0]], start);
VectorMA(start, 20, plane->normal, end);
AAS_DebugLine(start, end, LINECOLOR_RED);
} //end of the function AAS_ShowFace
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowFacePolygon(int facenum, int color, int flip)
{
int i, edgenum, numpoints;
vec3_t points[128];
aas_edge_t *edge;
aas_face_t *face;
//check if face number is in range
if (facenum >= aasworld.numfaces)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "facenum %d out of range\n", facenum);
} //end if
face = &aasworld.faces[facenum];
//walk through the edges of the face
numpoints = 0;
if (flip)
{
for (i = face->numedges-1; i >= 0; i--)
{
//edge number
edgenum = aasworld.edgeindex[face->firstedge + i];
edge = &aasworld.edges[abs(edgenum)];
VectorCopy(aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[edgenum < 0]], points[numpoints]);
numpoints++;
} //end for
} //end if
else
{
for (i = 0; i < face->numedges; i++)
{
//edge number
edgenum = aasworld.edgeindex[face->firstedge + i];
edge = &aasworld.edges[abs(edgenum)];
VectorCopy(aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[edgenum < 0]], points[numpoints]);
numpoints++;
} //end for
} //end else
AAS_ShowPolygon(color, numpoints, points);
} //end of the function AAS_ShowFacePolygon
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowArea(int areanum, int groundfacesonly)
{
int areaedges[MAX_DEBUGLINES];
int numareaedges, i, j, n, color = 0, line;
int facenum, edgenum;
aas_area_t *area;
aas_face_t *face;
aas_edge_t *edge;
//
numareaedges = 0;
//
if (areanum < 0 || areanum >= aasworld.numareas)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "area %d out of range [0, %d]\n",
areanum, aasworld.numareas);
return;
} //end if
//pointer to the convex area
area = &aasworld.areas[areanum];
//walk through the faces of the area
for (i = 0; i < area->numfaces; i++)
{
facenum = abs(aasworld.faceindex[area->firstface + i]);
//check if face number is in range
if (facenum >= aasworld.numfaces)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "facenum %d out of range\n", facenum);
} //end if
face = &aasworld.faces[facenum];
//ground faces only
if (groundfacesonly)
{
if (!(face->faceflags & (FACE_GROUND | FACE_LADDER))) continue;
} //end if
//walk through the edges of the face
for (j = 0; j < face->numedges; j++)
{
//edge number
edgenum = abs(aasworld.edgeindex[face->firstedge + j]);
//check if edge number is in range
if (edgenum >= aasworld.numedges)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "edgenum %d out of range\n", edgenum);
} //end if
//check if the edge is stored already
for (n = 0; n < numareaedges; n++)
{
if (areaedges[n] == edgenum) break;
} //end for
if (n == numareaedges && numareaedges < MAX_DEBUGLINES)
{
areaedges[numareaedges++] = edgenum;
} //end if
} //end for
//AAS_ShowFace(facenum);
} //end for
//draw all the edges
for (n = 0; n < numareaedges; n++)
{
for (line = 0; line < MAX_DEBUGLINES; line++)
{
if (!debuglines[line])
{
debuglines[line] = botimport.DebugLineCreate();
debuglinevisible[line] = qfalse;
numdebuglines++;
} //end if
if (!debuglinevisible[line])
{
break;
} //end else
} //end for
if (line >= MAX_DEBUGLINES) return;
edge = &aasworld.edges[areaedges[n]];
if (color == LINECOLOR_RED) color = LINECOLOR_BLUE;
else if (color == LINECOLOR_BLUE) color = LINECOLOR_GREEN;
else if (color == LINECOLOR_GREEN) color = LINECOLOR_YELLOW;
else color = LINECOLOR_RED;
botimport.DebugLineShow(debuglines[line],
aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[0]],
aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[1]],
color);
debuglinevisible[line] = qtrue;
} //end for*/
} //end of the function AAS_ShowArea
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowAreaPolygons(int areanum, int color, int groundfacesonly)
{
int i, facenum;
aas_area_t *area;
aas_face_t *face;
//
if (areanum < 0 || areanum >= aasworld.numareas)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "area %d out of range [0, %d]\n",
areanum, aasworld.numareas);
return;
} //end if
//pointer to the convex area
area = &aasworld.areas[areanum];
//walk through the faces of the area
for (i = 0; i < area->numfaces; i++)
{
facenum = abs(aasworld.faceindex[area->firstface + i]);
//check if face number is in range
if (facenum >= aasworld.numfaces)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "facenum %d out of range\n", facenum);
} //end if
face = &aasworld.faces[facenum];
//ground faces only
if (groundfacesonly)
{
if (!(face->faceflags & (FACE_GROUND | FACE_LADDER))) continue;
} //end if
AAS_ShowFacePolygon(facenum, color, face->frontarea != areanum);
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_ShowAreaPolygons
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DrawCross(vec3_t origin, float size, int color)
{
int i;
vec3_t start, end;
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
VectorCopy(origin, start);
start[i] += size;
VectorCopy(origin, end);
end[i] -= size;
AAS_DebugLine(start, end, color);
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_DrawCross
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_PrintTravelType(int traveltype)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
char *str;
//
switch(traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK)
{
case TRAVEL_INVALID: str = "TRAVEL_INVALID"; break;
case TRAVEL_WALK: str = "TRAVEL_WALK"; break;
case TRAVEL_CROUCH: str = "TRAVEL_CROUCH"; break;
case TRAVEL_BARRIERJUMP: str = "TRAVEL_BARRIERJUMP"; break;
case TRAVEL_JUMP: str = "TRAVEL_JUMP"; break;
case TRAVEL_LADDER: str = "TRAVEL_LADDER"; break;
case TRAVEL_WALKOFFLEDGE: str = "TRAVEL_WALKOFFLEDGE"; break;
case TRAVEL_SWIM: str = "TRAVEL_SWIM"; break;
case TRAVEL_WATERJUMP: str = "TRAVEL_WATERJUMP"; break;
case TRAVEL_TELEPORT: str = "TRAVEL_TELEPORT"; break;
case TRAVEL_ELEVATOR: str = "TRAVEL_ELEVATOR"; break;
case TRAVEL_ROCKETJUMP: str = "TRAVEL_ROCKETJUMP"; break;
case TRAVEL_BFGJUMP: str = "TRAVEL_BFGJUMP"; break;
case TRAVEL_GRAPPLEHOOK: str = "TRAVEL_GRAPPLEHOOK"; break;
case TRAVEL_JUMPPAD: str = "TRAVEL_JUMPPAD"; break;
case TRAVEL_FUNCBOB: str = "TRAVEL_FUNCBOB"; break;
default: str = "UNKNOWN TRAVEL TYPE"; break;
} //end switch
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "%s", str);
#endif
} //end of the function AAS_PrintTravelType
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DrawArrow(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int linecolor, int arrowcolor)
{
vec3_t dir, cross, p1, p2, up = {0, 0, 1};
float dot;
VectorSubtract(end, start, dir);
VectorNormalize(dir);
dot = DotProduct(dir, up);
if (dot > 0.99 || dot < -0.99) VectorSet(cross, 1, 0, 0);
else CrossProduct(dir, up, cross);
VectorMA(end, -6, dir, p1);
VectorCopy(p1, p2);
VectorMA(p1, 6, cross, p1);
VectorMA(p2, -6, cross, p2);
AAS_DebugLine(start, end, linecolor);
AAS_DebugLine(p1, end, arrowcolor);
AAS_DebugLine(p2, end, arrowcolor);
} //end of the function AAS_DrawArrow
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowReachability(aas_reachability_t *reach)
{
vec3_t dir, cmdmove, velocity;
float speed, zvel;
aas_clientmove_t move;
AAS_ShowAreaPolygons(reach->areanum, 5, qtrue);
//AAS_ShowArea(reach->areanum, qtrue);
AAS_DrawArrow(reach->start, reach->end, LINECOLOR_BLUE, LINECOLOR_YELLOW);
//
if ((reach->traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_JUMP ||
(reach->traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_WALKOFFLEDGE)
{
AAS_HorizontalVelocityForJump(aassettings.phys_jumpvel, reach->start, reach->end, &speed);
//
VectorSubtract(reach->end, reach->start, dir);
dir[2] = 0;
VectorNormalize(dir);
//set the velocity
VectorScale(dir, speed, velocity);
//set the command movement
VectorClear(cmdmove);
cmdmove[2] = aassettings.phys_jumpvel;
//
AAS_PredictClientMovement(&move, -1, reach->start, PRESENCE_NORMAL, qtrue,
velocity, cmdmove, 3, 30, 0.1f,
SE_HITGROUND|SE_ENTERWATER|SE_ENTERSLIME|
SE_ENTERLAVA|SE_HITGROUNDDAMAGE, 0, qtrue);
//
if ((reach->traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_JUMP)
{
AAS_JumpReachRunStart(reach, dir);
AAS_DrawCross(dir, 4, LINECOLOR_BLUE);
} //end if
} //end if
else if ((reach->traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_ROCKETJUMP)
{
zvel = AAS_RocketJumpZVelocity(reach->start);
AAS_HorizontalVelocityForJump(zvel, reach->start, reach->end, &speed);
//
VectorSubtract(reach->end, reach->start, dir);
dir[2] = 0;
VectorNormalize(dir);
//get command movement
VectorScale(dir, speed, cmdmove);
VectorSet(velocity, 0, 0, zvel);
//
AAS_PredictClientMovement(&move, -1, reach->start, PRESENCE_NORMAL, qtrue,
velocity, cmdmove, 30, 30, 0.1f,
SE_ENTERWATER|SE_ENTERSLIME|
SE_ENTERLAVA|SE_HITGROUNDDAMAGE|
SE_TOUCHJUMPPAD|SE_HITGROUNDAREA, reach->areanum, qtrue);
} //end else if
else if ((reach->traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_JUMPPAD)
{
VectorSet(cmdmove, 0, 0, 0);
//
VectorSubtract(reach->end, reach->start, dir);
dir[2] = 0;
VectorNormalize(dir);
//set the velocity
//NOTE: the edgenum is the horizontal velocity
VectorScale(dir, reach->edgenum, velocity);
//NOTE: the facenum is the Z velocity
velocity[2] = reach->facenum;
//
AAS_PredictClientMovement(&move, -1, reach->start, PRESENCE_NORMAL, qtrue,
velocity, cmdmove, 30, 30, 0.1f,
SE_ENTERWATER|SE_ENTERSLIME|
SE_ENTERLAVA|SE_HITGROUNDDAMAGE|
SE_TOUCHJUMPPAD|SE_HITGROUNDAREA, reach->areanum, qtrue);
} //end else if
} //end of the function AAS_ShowReachability
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShowReachableAreas(int areanum)
{
aas_areasettings_t *settings;
static aas_reachability_t reach;
static int index, lastareanum;
static float lasttime;
if (areanum != lastareanum)
{
index = 0;
lastareanum = areanum;
} //end if
settings = &aasworld.areasettings[areanum];
//
if (!settings->numreachableareas) return;
//
if (index >= settings->numreachableareas) index = 0;
//
if (AAS_Time() - lasttime > 1.5)
{
Com_Memcpy(&reach, &aasworld.reachability[settings->firstreachablearea + index], sizeof(aas_reachability_t));
index++;
lasttime = AAS_Time();
AAS_PrintTravelType(reach.traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "\n");
} //end if
AAS_ShowReachability(&reach);
} //end of the function ShowReachableAreas
void AAS_FloodAreas_r(int areanum, int cluster, int *done)
{
int nextareanum, i, facenum;
aas_area_t *area;
aas_face_t *face;
aas_areasettings_t *settings;
aas_reachability_t *reach;
AAS_ShowAreaPolygons(areanum, 1, qtrue);
//pointer to the convex area
area = &aasworld.areas[areanum];
settings = &aasworld.areasettings[areanum];
//walk through the faces of the area
for (i = 0; i < area->numfaces; i++)
{
facenum = abs(aasworld.faceindex[area->firstface + i]);
face = &aasworld.faces[facenum];
if (face->frontarea == areanum)
nextareanum = face->backarea;
else
nextareanum = face->frontarea;
if (!nextareanum)
continue;
if (done[nextareanum])
continue;
done[nextareanum] = qtrue;
if (aasworld.areasettings[nextareanum].contents & AREACONTENTS_VIEWPORTAL)
continue;
if (AAS_AreaCluster(nextareanum) != cluster)
continue;
AAS_FloodAreas_r(nextareanum, cluster, done);
} //end for
//
for (i = 0; i < settings->numreachableareas; i++)
{
reach = &aasworld.reachability[settings->firstreachablearea + i];
nextareanum = reach->areanum;
if (!nextareanum)
continue;
if (done[nextareanum])
continue;
done[nextareanum] = qtrue;
if (aasworld.areasettings[nextareanum].contents & AREACONTENTS_VIEWPORTAL)
continue;
if (AAS_AreaCluster(nextareanum) != cluster)
continue;
/*
if ((reach->traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_WALKOFFLEDGE)
{
AAS_DebugLine(reach->start, reach->end, 1);
}
*/
AAS_FloodAreas_r(nextareanum, cluster, done);
}
}
void AAS_FloodAreas(vec3_t origin)
{
int areanum, cluster, *done;
done = (int *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numareas * sizeof(int));
areanum = AAS_PointAreaNum(origin);
cluster = AAS_AreaCluster(areanum);
AAS_FloodAreas_r(areanum, cluster, done);
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_debug.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_debug.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
//clear the shown debug lines
void AAS_ClearShownDebugLines(void);
//
void AAS_ClearShownPolygons(void);
//show a debug line
void AAS_DebugLine(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int color);
//show a permenent line
void AAS_PermanentLine(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int color);
//show a permanent cross
void AAS_DrawPermanentCross(vec3_t origin, float size, int color);
//draw a cross in the plane
void AAS_DrawPlaneCross(vec3_t point, vec3_t normal, float dist, int type, int color);
//show a bounding box
void AAS_ShowBoundingBox(vec3_t origin, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs);
//show a face
void AAS_ShowFace(int facenum);
//show an area
void AAS_ShowArea(int areanum, int groundfacesonly);
//
void AAS_ShowAreaPolygons(int areanum, int color, int groundfacesonly);
//draw a cros
void AAS_DrawCross(vec3_t origin, float size, int color);
//print the travel type
void AAS_PrintTravelType(int traveltype);
//draw an arrow
void AAS_DrawArrow(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int linecolor, int arrowcolor);
//visualize the given reachability
void AAS_ShowReachability(struct aas_reachability_s *reach);
//show the reachable areas from the given area
void AAS_ShowReachableAreas(int areanum);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_def.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_def.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
//debugging on
#define AAS_DEBUG
#define MAX_CLIENTS 64
#define MAX_MODELS 256 // these are sent over the net as 8 bits
#define MAX_SOUNDS 256 // so they cannot be blindly increased
#define MAX_CONFIGSTRINGS 1024
#define CS_SCORES 32
#define CS_MODELS (CS_SCORES+MAX_CLIENTS)
#define CS_SOUNDS (CS_MODELS+MAX_MODELS)
#define DF_AASENTNUMBER(x) (x - aasworld.entities)
#define DF_NUMBERAASENT(x) (&aasworld.entities[x])
#define DF_AASENTCLIENT(x) (x - aasworld.entities - 1)
#define DF_CLIENTAASENT(x) (&aasworld.entities[x + 1])
#ifndef MAX_PATH
#define MAX_PATH MAX_QPATH
#endif
//string index (for model, sound and image index)
typedef struct aas_stringindex_s
{
int numindexes;
char **index;
} aas_stringindex_t;
//structure to link entities to areas and areas to entities
typedef struct aas_link_s
{
int entnum;
int areanum;
struct aas_link_s *next_ent, *prev_ent;
struct aas_link_s *next_area, *prev_area;
} aas_link_t;
//structure to link entities to leaves and leaves to entities
typedef struct bsp_link_s
{
int entnum;
int leafnum;
struct bsp_link_s *next_ent, *prev_ent;
struct bsp_link_s *next_leaf, *prev_leaf;
} bsp_link_t;
typedef struct bsp_entdata_s
{
vec3_t origin;
vec3_t angles;
vec3_t absmins;
vec3_t absmaxs;
int solid;
int modelnum;
} bsp_entdata_t;
//entity
typedef struct aas_entity_s
{
//entity info
aas_entityinfo_t i;
//links into the AAS areas
aas_link_t *areas;
//links into the BSP leaves
bsp_link_t *leaves;
} aas_entity_t;
typedef struct aas_settings_s
{
vec3_t phys_gravitydirection;
float phys_friction;
float phys_stopspeed;
float phys_gravity;
float phys_waterfriction;
float phys_watergravity;
float phys_maxvelocity;
float phys_maxwalkvelocity;
float phys_maxcrouchvelocity;
float phys_maxswimvelocity;
float phys_walkaccelerate;
float phys_airaccelerate;
float phys_swimaccelerate;
float phys_maxstep;
float phys_maxsteepness;
float phys_maxwaterjump;
float phys_maxbarrier;
float phys_jumpvel;
float phys_falldelta5;
float phys_falldelta10;
float rs_waterjump;
float rs_teleport;
float rs_barrierjump;
float rs_startcrouch;
float rs_startgrapple;
float rs_startwalkoffledge;
float rs_startjump;
float rs_rocketjump;
float rs_bfgjump;
float rs_jumppad;
float rs_aircontrolledjumppad;
float rs_funcbob;
float rs_startelevator;
float rs_falldamage5;
float rs_falldamage10;
float rs_maxfallheight;
float rs_maxjumpfallheight;
} aas_settings_t;
#define CACHETYPE_PORTAL 0
#define CACHETYPE_AREA 1
//routing cache
typedef struct aas_routingcache_s
{
byte type; //portal or area cache
float time; //last time accessed or updated
int size; //size of the routing cache
int cluster; //cluster the cache is for
int areanum; //area the cache is created for
vec3_t origin; //origin within the area
float starttraveltime; //travel time to start with
int travelflags; //combinations of the travel flags
struct aas_routingcache_s *prev, *next;
struct aas_routingcache_s *time_prev, *time_next;
unsigned char *reachabilities; //reachabilities used for routing
unsigned short int traveltimes[1]; //travel time for every area (variable sized)
} aas_routingcache_t;
//fields for the routing algorithm
typedef struct aas_routingupdate_s
{
int cluster;
int areanum; //area number of the update
vec3_t start; //start point the area was entered
unsigned short int tmptraveltime; //temporary travel time
unsigned short int *areatraveltimes; //travel times within the area
qboolean inlist; //true if the update is in the list
struct aas_routingupdate_s *next;
struct aas_routingupdate_s *prev;
} aas_routingupdate_t;
//reversed reachability link
typedef struct aas_reversedlink_s
{
int linknum; //the aas_areareachability_t
int areanum; //reachable from this area
struct aas_reversedlink_s *next; //next link
} aas_reversedlink_t;
//reversed area reachability
typedef struct aas_reversedreachability_s
{
int numlinks;
aas_reversedlink_t *first;
} aas_reversedreachability_t;
//areas a reachability goes through
typedef struct aas_reachabilityareas_s
{
int firstarea, numareas;
} aas_reachabilityareas_t;
typedef struct aas_s
{
int loaded; //true when an AAS file is loaded
int initialized; //true when AAS has been initialized
int savefile; //set true when file should be saved
int bspchecksum;
//current time
float time;
int numframes;
//name of the aas file
char filename[MAX_PATH];
char mapname[MAX_PATH];
//bounding boxes
int numbboxes;
aas_bbox_t *bboxes;
//vertexes
int numvertexes;
aas_vertex_t *vertexes;
//planes
int numplanes;
aas_plane_t *planes;
//edges
int numedges;
aas_edge_t *edges;
//edge index
int edgeindexsize;
aas_edgeindex_t *edgeindex;
//faces
int numfaces;
aas_face_t *faces;
//face index
int faceindexsize;
aas_faceindex_t *faceindex;
//convex areas
int numareas;
aas_area_t *areas;
//convex area settings
int numareasettings;
aas_areasettings_t *areasettings;
//reachablity list
int reachabilitysize;
aas_reachability_t *reachability;
//nodes of the bsp tree
int numnodes;
aas_node_t *nodes;
//cluster portals
int numportals;
aas_portal_t *portals;
//cluster portal index
int portalindexsize;
aas_portalindex_t *portalindex;
//clusters
int numclusters;
aas_cluster_t *clusters;
//
int numreachabilityareas;
float reachabilitytime;
//enities linked in the areas
aas_link_t *linkheap; //heap with link structures
int linkheapsize; //size of the link heap
aas_link_t *freelinks; //first free link
aas_link_t **arealinkedentities; //entities linked into areas
//entities
int maxentities;
int maxclients;
aas_entity_t *entities;
//string indexes
char *configstrings[MAX_CONFIGSTRINGS];
int indexessetup;
//index to retrieve travel flag for a travel type
int travelflagfortype[MAX_TRAVELTYPES];
//travel flags for each area based on contents
int *areacontentstravelflags;
//routing update
aas_routingupdate_t *areaupdate;
aas_routingupdate_t *portalupdate;
//number of routing updates during a frame (reset every frame)
int frameroutingupdates;
//reversed reachability links
aas_reversedreachability_t *reversedreachability;
//travel times within the areas
unsigned short ***areatraveltimes;
//array of size numclusters with cluster cache
aas_routingcache_t ***clusterareacache;
aas_routingcache_t **portalcache;
//cache list sorted on time
aas_routingcache_t *oldestcache; // start of cache list sorted on time
aas_routingcache_t *newestcache; // end of cache list sorted on time
//maximum travel time through portal areas
int *portalmaxtraveltimes;
//areas the reachabilities go through
int *reachabilityareaindex;
aas_reachabilityareas_t *reachabilityareas;
} aas_t;
#define AASINTERN
#ifndef BSPCINCLUDE
#include "be_aas_main.h"
#include "be_aas_entity.h"
#include "be_aas_sample.h"
#include "be_aas_cluster.h"
#include "be_aas_reach.h"
#include "be_aas_route.h"
#include "be_aas_routealt.h"
#include "be_aas_debug.h"
#include "be_aas_file.h"
#include "be_aas_optimize.h"
#include "be_aas_bsp.h"
#include "be_aas_move.h"
#endif //BSPCINCLUDE

View file

@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_entity.c
*
* desc: AAS entities
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_entity.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
#define MASK_SOLID CONTENTS_PLAYERCLIP
//FIXME: these might change
enum {
ET_GENERAL,
ET_PLAYER,
ET_ITEM,
ET_MISSILE,
ET_MOVER
};
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_UpdateEntity(int entnum, bot_entitystate_t *state)
{
int relink;
aas_entity_t *ent;
vec3_t absmins, absmaxs;
if (!aasworld.loaded)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "AAS_UpdateEntity: not loaded\n");
return BLERR_NOAASFILE;
} //end if
ent = &aasworld.entities[entnum];
if (!state) {
//unlink the entity
AAS_UnlinkFromAreas(ent->areas);
//unlink the entity from the BSP leaves
AAS_UnlinkFromBSPLeaves(ent->leaves);
//
ent->areas = NULL;
//
ent->leaves = NULL;
return BLERR_NOERROR;
}
ent->i.update_time = AAS_Time() - ent->i.ltime;
ent->i.type = state->type;
ent->i.flags = state->flags;
ent->i.ltime = AAS_Time();
VectorCopy(ent->i.origin, ent->i.lastvisorigin);
VectorCopy(state->old_origin, ent->i.old_origin);
ent->i.solid = state->solid;
ent->i.groundent = state->groundent;
ent->i.modelindex = state->modelindex;
ent->i.modelindex2 = state->modelindex2;
ent->i.frame = state->frame;
ent->i.event = state->event;
ent->i.eventParm = state->eventParm;
ent->i.powerups = state->powerups;
ent->i.weapon = state->weapon;
ent->i.legsAnim = state->legsAnim;
ent->i.torsoAnim = state->torsoAnim;
//number of the entity
ent->i.number = entnum;
//updated so set valid flag
ent->i.valid = qtrue;
//link everything the first frame
if (aasworld.numframes == 1) relink = qtrue;
else relink = qfalse;
//
if (ent->i.solid == SOLID_BSP)
{
//if the angles of the model changed
if (!VectorCompare(state->angles, ent->i.angles))
{
VectorCopy(state->angles, ent->i.angles);
relink = qtrue;
} //end if
//get the mins and maxs of the model
//FIXME: rotate mins and maxs
AAS_BSPModelMinsMaxsOrigin(ent->i.modelindex, ent->i.angles, ent->i.mins, ent->i.maxs, NULL);
} //end if
else if (ent->i.solid == SOLID_BBOX)
{
//if the bounding box size changed
if (!VectorCompare(state->mins, ent->i.mins) ||
!VectorCompare(state->maxs, ent->i.maxs))
{
VectorCopy(state->mins, ent->i.mins);
VectorCopy(state->maxs, ent->i.maxs);
relink = qtrue;
} //end if
VectorCopy(state->angles, ent->i.angles);
} //end if
//if the origin changed
if (!VectorCompare(state->origin, ent->i.origin))
{
VectorCopy(state->origin, ent->i.origin);
relink = qtrue;
} //end if
//if the entity should be relinked
if (relink)
{
//don't link the world model
if (entnum != ENTITYNUM_WORLD)
{
//absolute mins and maxs
VectorAdd(ent->i.mins, ent->i.origin, absmins);
VectorAdd(ent->i.maxs, ent->i.origin, absmaxs);
//unlink the entity
AAS_UnlinkFromAreas(ent->areas);
//relink the entity to the AAS areas (use the larges bbox)
ent->areas = AAS_LinkEntityClientBBox(absmins, absmaxs, entnum, PRESENCE_NORMAL);
//unlink the entity from the BSP leaves
AAS_UnlinkFromBSPLeaves(ent->leaves);
//link the entity to the world BSP tree
ent->leaves = AAS_BSPLinkEntity(absmins, absmaxs, entnum, 0);
} //end if
} //end if
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function AAS_UpdateEntity
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_EntityInfo(int entnum, aas_entityinfo_t *info)
{
if (!aasworld.initialized)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntityInfo: aasworld not initialized\n");
Com_Memset(info, 0, sizeof(aas_entityinfo_t));
return;
} //end if
if (entnum < 0 || entnum >= aasworld.maxentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntityInfo: entnum %d out of range\n", entnum);
Com_Memset(info, 0, sizeof(aas_entityinfo_t));
return;
} //end if
Com_Memcpy(info, &aasworld.entities[entnum].i, sizeof(aas_entityinfo_t));
} //end of the function AAS_EntityInfo
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_EntityOrigin(int entnum, vec3_t origin)
{
if (entnum < 0 || entnum >= aasworld.maxentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntityOrigin: entnum %d out of range\n", entnum);
VectorClear(origin);
return;
} //end if
VectorCopy(aasworld.entities[entnum].i.origin, origin);
} //end of the function AAS_EntityOrigin
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_EntityModelindex(int entnum)
{
if (entnum < 0 || entnum >= aasworld.maxentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntityModelindex: entnum %d out of range\n", entnum);
return 0;
} //end if
return aasworld.entities[entnum].i.modelindex;
} //end of the function AAS_EntityModelindex
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_EntityType(int entnum)
{
if (!aasworld.initialized) return 0;
if (entnum < 0 || entnum >= aasworld.maxentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntityType: entnum %d out of range\n", entnum);
return 0;
} //end if
return aasworld.entities[entnum].i.type;
} //end of the AAS_EntityType
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_EntityModelNum(int entnum)
{
if (!aasworld.initialized) return 0;
if (entnum < 0 || entnum >= aasworld.maxentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntityModelNum: entnum %d out of range\n", entnum);
return 0;
} //end if
return aasworld.entities[entnum].i.modelindex;
} //end of the function AAS_EntityModelNum
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_OriginOfMoverWithModelNum(int modelnum, vec3_t origin)
{
int i;
aas_entity_t *ent;
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.maxentities; i++)
{
ent = &aasworld.entities[i];
if (ent->i.type == ET_MOVER)
{
if (ent->i.modelindex == modelnum)
{
VectorCopy(ent->i.origin, origin);
return qtrue;
} //end if
} //end if
} //end for
return qfalse;
} //end of the function AAS_OriginOfMoverWithModelNum
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_EntitySize(int entnum, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs)
{
aas_entity_t *ent;
if (!aasworld.initialized) return;
if (entnum < 0 || entnum >= aasworld.maxentities)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "AAS_EntitySize: entnum %d out of range\n", entnum);
return;
} //end if
ent = &aasworld.entities[entnum];
VectorCopy(ent->i.mins, mins);
VectorCopy(ent->i.maxs, maxs);
} //end of the function AAS_EntitySize
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_EntityBSPData(int entnum, bsp_entdata_t *entdata)
{
aas_entity_t *ent;
ent = &aasworld.entities[entnum];
VectorCopy(ent->i.origin, entdata->origin);
VectorCopy(ent->i.angles, entdata->angles);
VectorAdd(ent->i.origin, ent->i.mins, entdata->absmins);
VectorAdd(ent->i.origin, ent->i.maxs, entdata->absmaxs);
entdata->solid = ent->i.solid;
entdata->modelnum = ent->i.modelindex - 1;
} //end of the function AAS_EntityBSPData
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ResetEntityLinks(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.maxentities; i++)
{
aasworld.entities[i].areas = NULL;
aasworld.entities[i].leaves = NULL;
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_ResetEntityLinks
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_InvalidateEntities(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.maxentities; i++)
{
aasworld.entities[i].i.valid = qfalse;
aasworld.entities[i].i.number = i;
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_InvalidateEntities
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_UnlinkInvalidEntities(void)
{
int i;
aas_entity_t *ent;
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.maxentities; i++)
{
ent = &aasworld.entities[i];
if (!ent->i.valid)
{
AAS_UnlinkFromAreas( ent->areas );
ent->areas = NULL;
AAS_UnlinkFromBSPLeaves( ent->leaves );
ent->leaves = NULL;
} //end for
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_UnlinkInvalidEntities
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_NearestEntity(vec3_t origin, int modelindex)
{
int i, bestentnum;
float dist, bestdist;
aas_entity_t *ent;
vec3_t dir;
bestentnum = 0;
bestdist = 99999;
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.maxentities; i++)
{
ent = &aasworld.entities[i];
if (ent->i.modelindex != modelindex) continue;
VectorSubtract(ent->i.origin, origin, dir);
if (abs(dir[0]) < 40)
{
if (abs(dir[1]) < 40)
{
dist = VectorLength(dir);
if (dist < bestdist)
{
bestdist = dist;
bestentnum = i;
} //end if
} //end if
} //end if
} //end for
return bestentnum;
} //end of the function AAS_NearestEntity
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_BestReachableEntityArea(int entnum)
{
aas_entity_t *ent;
ent = &aasworld.entities[entnum];
return AAS_BestReachableLinkArea(ent->areas);
} //end of the function AAS_BestReachableEntityArea
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_NextEntity(int entnum)
{
if (!aasworld.loaded) return 0;
if (entnum < 0) entnum = -1;
while(++entnum < aasworld.maxentities)
{
if (aasworld.entities[entnum].i.valid) return entnum;
} //end while
return 0;
} //end of the function AAS_NextEntity

View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_entity.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_entity.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
//invalidates all entity infos
void AAS_InvalidateEntities(void);
//unlink not updated entities
void AAS_UnlinkInvalidEntities(void);
//resets the entity AAS and BSP links (sets areas and leaves pointers to NULL)
void AAS_ResetEntityLinks(void);
//updates an entity
int AAS_UpdateEntity(int ent, bot_entitystate_t *state);
//gives the entity data used for collision detection
void AAS_EntityBSPData(int entnum, bsp_entdata_t *entdata);
#endif //AASINTERN
//returns the size of the entity bounding box in mins and maxs
void AAS_EntitySize(int entnum, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs);
//returns the BSP model number of the entity
int AAS_EntityModelNum(int entnum);
//returns the origin of an entity with the given model number
int AAS_OriginOfMoverWithModelNum(int modelnum, vec3_t origin);
//returns the best reachable area the entity is situated in
int AAS_BestReachableEntityArea(int entnum);
//returns the info of the given entity
void AAS_EntityInfo(int entnum, aas_entityinfo_t *info);
//returns the next entity
int AAS_NextEntity(int entnum);
//returns the origin of the entity
void AAS_EntityOrigin(int entnum, vec3_t origin);
//returns the entity type
int AAS_EntityType(int entnum);
//returns the model index of the entity
int AAS_EntityModelindex(int entnum);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_file.c
*
* desc: AAS file loading/writing
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_file.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
//#define AASFILEDEBUG
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_SwapAASData(void)
{
int i, j;
//bounding boxes
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numbboxes; i++)
{
aasworld.bboxes[i].presencetype = LittleLong(aasworld.bboxes[i].presencetype);
aasworld.bboxes[i].flags = LittleLong(aasworld.bboxes[i].flags);
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
{
aasworld.bboxes[i].mins[j] = LittleLong(aasworld.bboxes[i].mins[j]);
aasworld.bboxes[i].maxs[j] = LittleLong(aasworld.bboxes[i].maxs[j]);
} //end for
} //end for
//vertexes
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numvertexes; i++)
{
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
aasworld.vertexes[i][j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.vertexes[i][j]);
} //end for
//planes
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numplanes; i++)
{
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
aasworld.planes[i].normal[j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.planes[i].normal[j]);
aasworld.planes[i].dist = LittleFloat(aasworld.planes[i].dist);
aasworld.planes[i].type = LittleLong(aasworld.planes[i].type);
} //end for
//edges
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numedges; i++)
{
aasworld.edges[i].v[0] = LittleLong(aasworld.edges[i].v[0]);
aasworld.edges[i].v[1] = LittleLong(aasworld.edges[i].v[1]);
} //end for
//edgeindex
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.edgeindexsize; i++)
{
aasworld.edgeindex[i] = LittleLong(aasworld.edgeindex[i]);
} //end for
//faces
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numfaces; i++)
{
aasworld.faces[i].planenum = LittleLong(aasworld.faces[i].planenum);
aasworld.faces[i].faceflags = LittleLong(aasworld.faces[i].faceflags);
aasworld.faces[i].numedges = LittleLong(aasworld.faces[i].numedges);
aasworld.faces[i].firstedge = LittleLong(aasworld.faces[i].firstedge);
aasworld.faces[i].frontarea = LittleLong(aasworld.faces[i].frontarea);
aasworld.faces[i].backarea = LittleLong(aasworld.faces[i].backarea);
} //end for
//face index
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.faceindexsize; i++)
{
aasworld.faceindex[i] = LittleLong(aasworld.faceindex[i]);
} //end for
//convex areas
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numareas; i++)
{
aasworld.areas[i].areanum = LittleLong(aasworld.areas[i].areanum);
aasworld.areas[i].numfaces = LittleLong(aasworld.areas[i].numfaces);
aasworld.areas[i].firstface = LittleLong(aasworld.areas[i].firstface);
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
{
aasworld.areas[i].mins[j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.areas[i].mins[j]);
aasworld.areas[i].maxs[j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.areas[i].maxs[j]);
aasworld.areas[i].center[j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.areas[i].center[j]);
} //end for
} //end for
//area settings
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numareasettings; i++)
{
aasworld.areasettings[i].contents = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].contents);
aasworld.areasettings[i].areaflags = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].areaflags);
aasworld.areasettings[i].presencetype = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].presencetype);
aasworld.areasettings[i].cluster = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].cluster);
aasworld.areasettings[i].clusterareanum = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].clusterareanum);
aasworld.areasettings[i].numreachableareas = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].numreachableareas);
aasworld.areasettings[i].firstreachablearea = LittleLong(aasworld.areasettings[i].firstreachablearea);
} //end for
//area reachability
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.reachabilitysize; i++)
{
aasworld.reachability[i].areanum = LittleLong(aasworld.reachability[i].areanum);
aasworld.reachability[i].facenum = LittleLong(aasworld.reachability[i].facenum);
aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum = LittleLong(aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum);
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
{
aasworld.reachability[i].start[j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.reachability[i].start[j]);
aasworld.reachability[i].end[j] = LittleFloat(aasworld.reachability[i].end[j]);
} //end for
aasworld.reachability[i].traveltype = LittleLong(aasworld.reachability[i].traveltype);
aasworld.reachability[i].traveltime = LittleShort(aasworld.reachability[i].traveltime);
} //end for
//nodes
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numnodes; i++)
{
aasworld.nodes[i].planenum = LittleLong(aasworld.nodes[i].planenum);
aasworld.nodes[i].children[0] = LittleLong(aasworld.nodes[i].children[0]);
aasworld.nodes[i].children[1] = LittleLong(aasworld.nodes[i].children[1]);
} //end for
//cluster portals
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numportals; i++)
{
aasworld.portals[i].areanum = LittleLong(aasworld.portals[i].areanum);
aasworld.portals[i].frontcluster = LittleLong(aasworld.portals[i].frontcluster);
aasworld.portals[i].backcluster = LittleLong(aasworld.portals[i].backcluster);
aasworld.portals[i].clusterareanum[0] = LittleLong(aasworld.portals[i].clusterareanum[0]);
aasworld.portals[i].clusterareanum[1] = LittleLong(aasworld.portals[i].clusterareanum[1]);
} //end for
//cluster portal index
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.portalindexsize; i++)
{
aasworld.portalindex[i] = LittleLong(aasworld.portalindex[i]);
} //end for
//cluster
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.numclusters; i++)
{
aasworld.clusters[i].numareas = LittleLong(aasworld.clusters[i].numareas);
aasworld.clusters[i].numreachabilityareas = LittleLong(aasworld.clusters[i].numreachabilityareas);
aasworld.clusters[i].numportals = LittleLong(aasworld.clusters[i].numportals);
aasworld.clusters[i].firstportal = LittleLong(aasworld.clusters[i].firstportal);
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_SwapAASData
//===========================================================================
// dump the current loaded aas file
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DumpAASData(void)
{
aasworld.numbboxes = 0;
if (aasworld.bboxes) FreeMemory(aasworld.bboxes);
aasworld.bboxes = NULL;
aasworld.numvertexes = 0;
if (aasworld.vertexes) FreeMemory(aasworld.vertexes);
aasworld.vertexes = NULL;
aasworld.numplanes = 0;
if (aasworld.planes) FreeMemory(aasworld.planes);
aasworld.planes = NULL;
aasworld.numedges = 0;
if (aasworld.edges) FreeMemory(aasworld.edges);
aasworld.edges = NULL;
aasworld.edgeindexsize = 0;
if (aasworld.edgeindex) FreeMemory(aasworld.edgeindex);
aasworld.edgeindex = NULL;
aasworld.numfaces = 0;
if (aasworld.faces) FreeMemory(aasworld.faces);
aasworld.faces = NULL;
aasworld.faceindexsize = 0;
if (aasworld.faceindex) FreeMemory(aasworld.faceindex);
aasworld.faceindex = NULL;
aasworld.numareas = 0;
if (aasworld.areas) FreeMemory(aasworld.areas);
aasworld.areas = NULL;
aasworld.numareasettings = 0;
if (aasworld.areasettings) FreeMemory(aasworld.areasettings);
aasworld.areasettings = NULL;
aasworld.reachabilitysize = 0;
if (aasworld.reachability) FreeMemory(aasworld.reachability);
aasworld.reachability = NULL;
aasworld.numnodes = 0;
if (aasworld.nodes) FreeMemory(aasworld.nodes);
aasworld.nodes = NULL;
aasworld.numportals = 0;
if (aasworld.portals) FreeMemory(aasworld.portals);
aasworld.portals = NULL;
aasworld.numportals = 0;
if (aasworld.portalindex) FreeMemory(aasworld.portalindex);
aasworld.portalindex = NULL;
aasworld.portalindexsize = 0;
if (aasworld.clusters) FreeMemory(aasworld.clusters);
aasworld.clusters = NULL;
aasworld.numclusters = 0;
//
aasworld.loaded = qfalse;
aasworld.initialized = qfalse;
aasworld.savefile = qfalse;
} //end of the function AAS_DumpAASData
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
#ifdef AASFILEDEBUG
void AAS_FileInfo(void)
{
int i, n, optimized;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "version = %d\n", AASVERSION);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numvertexes = %d\n", aasworld.numvertexes);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numplanes = %d\n", aasworld.numplanes);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numedges = %d\n", aasworld.numedges);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "edgeindexsize = %d\n", aasworld.edgeindexsize);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numfaces = %d\n", aasworld.numfaces);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "faceindexsize = %d\n", aasworld.faceindexsize);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numareas = %d\n", aasworld.numareas);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numareasettings = %d\n", aasworld.numareasettings);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "reachabilitysize = %d\n", aasworld.reachabilitysize);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numnodes = %d\n", aasworld.numnodes);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numportals = %d\n", aasworld.numportals);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "portalindexsize = %d\n", aasworld.portalindexsize);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "numclusters = %d\n", aasworld.numclusters);
//
for (n = 0, i = 0; i < aasworld.numareasettings; i++)
{
if (aasworld.areasettings[i].areaflags & AREA_GROUNDED) n++;
} //end for
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "num grounded areas = %d\n", n);
//
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "planes size %d bytes\n", aasworld.numplanes * sizeof(aas_plane_t));
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "areas size %d bytes\n", aasworld.numareas * sizeof(aas_area_t));
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "areasettings size %d bytes\n", aasworld.numareasettings * sizeof(aas_areasettings_t));
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "nodes size %d bytes\n", aasworld.numnodes * sizeof(aas_node_t));
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "reachability size %d bytes\n", aasworld.reachabilitysize * sizeof(aas_reachability_t));
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "portals size %d bytes\n", aasworld.numportals * sizeof(aas_portal_t));
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "clusters size %d bytes\n", aasworld.numclusters * sizeof(aas_cluster_t));
optimized = aasworld.numplanes * sizeof(aas_plane_t) +
aasworld.numareas * sizeof(aas_area_t) +
aasworld.numareasettings * sizeof(aas_areasettings_t) +
aasworld.numnodes * sizeof(aas_node_t) +
aasworld.reachabilitysize * sizeof(aas_reachability_t) +
aasworld.numportals * sizeof(aas_portal_t) +
aasworld.numclusters * sizeof(aas_cluster_t);
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "optimzed size %d KB\n", optimized >> 10);
} //end of the function AAS_FileInfo
#endif //AASFILEDEBUG
//===========================================================================
// allocate memory and read a lump of a AAS file
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
char *AAS_LoadAASLump(fileHandle_t fp, int offset, int length, int *lastoffset, int size)
{
char *buf;
//
if (!length)
{
//just alloc a dummy
return (char *) GetClearedHunkMemory(size+1);
} //end if
//seek to the data
if (offset != *lastoffset)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_WARNING, "AAS file not sequentially read\n");
if (botimport.FS_Seek(fp, offset, FS_SEEK_SET))
{
AAS_Error("can't seek to aas lump\n");
AAS_DumpAASData();
botimport.FS_FCloseFile(fp);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
//allocate memory
buf = (char *) GetClearedHunkMemory(length+1);
//read the data
if (length)
{
botimport.FS_Read(buf, length, fp );
*lastoffset += length;
} //end if
return buf;
} //end of the function AAS_LoadAASLump
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_DData(unsigned char *data, int size)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
{
data[i] ^= (unsigned char) i * 119;
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_DData
//===========================================================================
// load an aas file
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_LoadAASFile(char *filename)
{
fileHandle_t fp;
aas_header_t header;
int offset, length, lastoffset;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "trying to load %s\n", filename);
//dump current loaded aas file
AAS_DumpAASData();
//open the file
botimport.FS_FOpenFile( filename, &fp, FS_READ );
if (!fp)
{
AAS_Error("can't open %s\n", filename);
return BLERR_CANNOTOPENAASFILE;
} //end if
//read the header
botimport.FS_Read(&header, sizeof(aas_header_t), fp );
lastoffset = sizeof(aas_header_t);
//check header identification
header.ident = LittleLong(header.ident);
if (header.ident != AASID)
{
AAS_Error("%s is not an AAS file\n", filename);
botimport.FS_FCloseFile(fp);
return BLERR_WRONGAASFILEID;
} //end if
//check the version
header.version = LittleLong(header.version);
//
if (header.version != AASVERSION_OLD && header.version != AASVERSION)
{
AAS_Error("aas file %s is version %i, not %i\n", filename, header.version, AASVERSION);
botimport.FS_FCloseFile(fp);
return BLERR_WRONGAASFILEVERSION;
} //end if
//
if (header.version == AASVERSION)
{
AAS_DData((unsigned char *) &header + 8, sizeof(aas_header_t) - 8);
} //end if
//
aasworld.bspchecksum = atoi(LibVarGetString( "sv_mapChecksum"));
if (LittleLong(header.bspchecksum) != aasworld.bspchecksum)
{
AAS_Error("aas file %s is out of date\n", filename);
botimport.FS_FCloseFile(fp);
return BLERR_WRONGAASFILEVERSION;
} //end if
//load the lumps:
//bounding boxes
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_BBOXES].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_BBOXES].filelen);
aasworld.bboxes = (aas_bbox_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_bbox_t));
aasworld.numbboxes = length / sizeof(aas_bbox_t);
if (aasworld.numbboxes && !aasworld.bboxes) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//vertexes
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_VERTEXES].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_VERTEXES].filelen);
aasworld.vertexes = (aas_vertex_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_vertex_t));
aasworld.numvertexes = length / sizeof(aas_vertex_t);
if (aasworld.numvertexes && !aasworld.vertexes) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//planes
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_PLANES].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_PLANES].filelen);
aasworld.planes = (aas_plane_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_plane_t));
aasworld.numplanes = length / sizeof(aas_plane_t);
if (aasworld.numplanes && !aasworld.planes) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//edges
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_EDGES].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_EDGES].filelen);
aasworld.edges = (aas_edge_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_edge_t));
aasworld.numedges = length / sizeof(aas_edge_t);
if (aasworld.numedges && !aasworld.edges) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//edgeindex
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_EDGEINDEX].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_EDGEINDEX].filelen);
aasworld.edgeindex = (aas_edgeindex_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_edgeindex_t));
aasworld.edgeindexsize = length / sizeof(aas_edgeindex_t);
if (aasworld.edgeindexsize && !aasworld.edgeindex) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//faces
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_FACES].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_FACES].filelen);
aasworld.faces = (aas_face_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_face_t));
aasworld.numfaces = length / sizeof(aas_face_t);
if (aasworld.numfaces && !aasworld.faces) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//faceindex
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_FACEINDEX].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_FACEINDEX].filelen);
aasworld.faceindex = (aas_faceindex_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_faceindex_t));
aasworld.faceindexsize = length / sizeof(aas_faceindex_t);
if (aasworld.faceindexsize && !aasworld.faceindex) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//convex areas
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_AREAS].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_AREAS].filelen);
aasworld.areas = (aas_area_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_area_t));
aasworld.numareas = length / sizeof(aas_area_t);
if (aasworld.numareas && !aasworld.areas) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//area settings
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_AREASETTINGS].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_AREASETTINGS].filelen);
aasworld.areasettings = (aas_areasettings_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_areasettings_t));
aasworld.numareasettings = length / sizeof(aas_areasettings_t);
if (aasworld.numareasettings && !aasworld.areasettings) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//reachability list
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_REACHABILITY].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_REACHABILITY].filelen);
aasworld.reachability = (aas_reachability_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_reachability_t));
aasworld.reachabilitysize = length / sizeof(aas_reachability_t);
if (aasworld.reachabilitysize && !aasworld.reachability) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//nodes
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_NODES].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_NODES].filelen);
aasworld.nodes = (aas_node_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_node_t));
aasworld.numnodes = length / sizeof(aas_node_t);
if (aasworld.numnodes && !aasworld.nodes) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//cluster portals
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_PORTALS].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_PORTALS].filelen);
aasworld.portals = (aas_portal_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_portal_t));
aasworld.numportals = length / sizeof(aas_portal_t);
if (aasworld.numportals && !aasworld.portals) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//cluster portal index
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_PORTALINDEX].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_PORTALINDEX].filelen);
aasworld.portalindex = (aas_portalindex_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_portalindex_t));
aasworld.portalindexsize = length / sizeof(aas_portalindex_t);
if (aasworld.portalindexsize && !aasworld.portalindex) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//clusters
offset = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_CLUSTERS].fileofs);
length = LittleLong(header.lumps[AASLUMP_CLUSTERS].filelen);
aasworld.clusters = (aas_cluster_t *) AAS_LoadAASLump(fp, offset, length, &lastoffset, sizeof(aas_cluster_t));
aasworld.numclusters = length / sizeof(aas_cluster_t);
if (aasworld.numclusters && !aasworld.clusters) return BLERR_CANNOTREADAASLUMP;
//swap everything
AAS_SwapAASData();
//aas file is loaded
aasworld.loaded = qtrue;
//close the file
botimport.FS_FCloseFile(fp);
//
#ifdef AASFILEDEBUG
AAS_FileInfo();
#endif //AASFILEDEBUG
//
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function AAS_LoadAASFile
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
static int AAS_WriteAASLump_offset;
int AAS_WriteAASLump(fileHandle_t fp, aas_header_t *h, int lumpnum, void *data, int length)
{
aas_lump_t *lump;
lump = &h->lumps[lumpnum];
lump->fileofs = LittleLong(AAS_WriteAASLump_offset); //LittleLong(ftell(fp));
lump->filelen = LittleLong(length);
if (length > 0)
{
botimport.FS_Write(data, length, fp );
} //end if
AAS_WriteAASLump_offset += length;
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_WriteAASLump
//===========================================================================
// aas data is useless after writing to file because it is byte swapped
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean AAS_WriteAASFile(char *filename)
{
aas_header_t header;
fileHandle_t fp;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "writing %s\n", filename);
//swap the aas data
AAS_SwapAASData();
//initialize the file header
Com_Memset(&header, 0, sizeof(aas_header_t));
header.ident = LittleLong(AASID);
header.version = LittleLong(AASVERSION);
header.bspchecksum = LittleLong(aasworld.bspchecksum);
//open a new file
botimport.FS_FOpenFile( filename, &fp, FS_WRITE );
if (!fp)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "error opening %s\n", filename);
return qfalse;
} //end if
//write the header
botimport.FS_Write(&header, sizeof(aas_header_t), fp);
AAS_WriteAASLump_offset = sizeof(aas_header_t);
//add the data lumps to the file
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_BBOXES, aasworld.bboxes,
aasworld.numbboxes * sizeof(aas_bbox_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_VERTEXES, aasworld.vertexes,
aasworld.numvertexes * sizeof(aas_vertex_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_PLANES, aasworld.planes,
aasworld.numplanes * sizeof(aas_plane_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_EDGES, aasworld.edges,
aasworld.numedges * sizeof(aas_edge_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_EDGEINDEX, aasworld.edgeindex,
aasworld.edgeindexsize * sizeof(aas_edgeindex_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_FACES, aasworld.faces,
aasworld.numfaces * sizeof(aas_face_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_FACEINDEX, aasworld.faceindex,
aasworld.faceindexsize * sizeof(aas_faceindex_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_AREAS, aasworld.areas,
aasworld.numareas * sizeof(aas_area_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_AREASETTINGS, aasworld.areasettings,
aasworld.numareasettings * sizeof(aas_areasettings_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_REACHABILITY, aasworld.reachability,
aasworld.reachabilitysize * sizeof(aas_reachability_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_NODES, aasworld.nodes,
aasworld.numnodes * sizeof(aas_node_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_PORTALS, aasworld.portals,
aasworld.numportals * sizeof(aas_portal_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_PORTALINDEX, aasworld.portalindex,
aasworld.portalindexsize * sizeof(aas_portalindex_t))) return qfalse;
if (!AAS_WriteAASLump(fp, &header, AASLUMP_CLUSTERS, aasworld.clusters,
aasworld.numclusters * sizeof(aas_cluster_t))) return qfalse;
//rewrite the header with the added lumps
botimport.FS_Seek(fp, 0, FS_SEEK_SET);
AAS_DData((unsigned char *) &header + 8, sizeof(aas_header_t) - 8);
botimport.FS_Write(&header, sizeof(aas_header_t), fp);
//close the file
botimport.FS_FCloseFile(fp);
return qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_WriteAASFile

View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_file.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_file.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
//loads the AAS file with the given name
int AAS_LoadAASFile(char *filename);
//writes an AAS file with the given name
qboolean AAS_WriteAASFile(char *filename);
//dumps the loaded AAS data
void AAS_DumpAASData(void);
//print AAS file information
void AAS_FileInfo(void);
#endif //AASINTERN

View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_funcs.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_funcs.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifndef BSPCINCLUDE
#include "be_aas_main.h"
#include "be_aas_entity.h"
#include "be_aas_sample.h"
#include "be_aas_cluster.h"
#include "be_aas_reach.h"
#include "be_aas_route.h"
#include "be_aas_routealt.h"
#include "be_aas_debug.h"
#include "be_aas_file.h"
#include "be_aas_optimize.h"
#include "be_aas_bsp.h"
#include "be_aas_move.h"
#endif //BSPCINCLUDE

View file

@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_main.c
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_main.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
aas_t aasworld;
libvar_t *saveroutingcache;
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void QDECL AAS_Error(char *fmt, ...)
{
char str[1024];
va_list arglist;
va_start(arglist, fmt);
Q_vsnprintf(str, sizeof(str), fmt, arglist);
va_end(arglist);
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "%s", str);
} //end of the function AAS_Error
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
char *AAS_StringFromIndex(char *indexname, char *stringindex[], int numindexes, int index)
{
if (!aasworld.indexessetup)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "%s: index %d not setup\n", indexname, index);
return "";
} //end if
if (index < 0 || index >= numindexes)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "%s: index %d out of range\n", indexname, index);
return "";
} //end if
if (!stringindex[index])
{
if (index)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "%s: reference to unused index %d\n", indexname, index);
} //end if
return "";
} //end if
return stringindex[index];
} //end of the function AAS_StringFromIndex
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_IndexFromString(char *indexname, char *stringindex[], int numindexes, char *string)
{
int i;
if (!aasworld.indexessetup)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "%s: index not setup \"%s\"\n", indexname, string);
return 0;
} //end if
for (i = 0; i < numindexes; i++)
{
if (!stringindex[i]) continue;
if (!Q_stricmp(stringindex[i], string)) return i;
} //end for
return 0;
} //end of the function AAS_IndexFromString
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
char *AAS_ModelFromIndex(int index)
{
return AAS_StringFromIndex("ModelFromIndex", &aasworld.configstrings[CS_MODELS], MAX_MODELS, index);
} //end of the function AAS_ModelFromIndex
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_IndexFromModel(char *modelname)
{
return AAS_IndexFromString("IndexFromModel", &aasworld.configstrings[CS_MODELS], MAX_MODELS, modelname);
} //end of the function AAS_IndexFromModel
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_UpdateStringIndexes(int numconfigstrings, char *configstrings[])
{
int i;
//set string pointers and copy the strings
for (i = 0; i < numconfigstrings; i++)
{
if (configstrings[i])
{
//if (aasworld.configstrings[i]) FreeMemory(aasworld.configstrings[i]);
aasworld.configstrings[i] = (char *) GetMemory(strlen(configstrings[i]) + 1);
strcpy(aasworld.configstrings[i], configstrings[i]);
} //end if
} //end for
aasworld.indexessetup = qtrue;
} //end of the function AAS_UpdateStringIndexes
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_Loaded(void)
{
return aasworld.loaded;
} //end of the function AAS_Loaded
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_Initialized(void)
{
return aasworld.initialized;
} //end of the function AAS_Initialized
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_SetInitialized(void)
{
aasworld.initialized = qtrue;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "AAS initialized.\n");
#ifdef DEBUG
//create all the routing cache
//AAS_CreateAllRoutingCache();
//
//AAS_RoutingInfo();
#endif
} //end of the function AAS_SetInitialized
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ContinueInit(float time)
{
//if no AAS file loaded
if (!aasworld.loaded) return;
//if AAS is already initialized
if (aasworld.initialized) return;
//calculate reachability, if not finished return
if (AAS_ContinueInitReachability(time)) return;
//initialize clustering for the new map
AAS_InitClustering();
//if reachability has been calculated and an AAS file should be written
//or there is a forced data optimization
if (aasworld.savefile || ((int)LibVarGetValue("forcewrite")))
{
//optimize the AAS data
if ((int)LibVarValue("aasoptimize", "0")) AAS_Optimize();
//save the AAS file
if (AAS_WriteAASFile(aasworld.filename))
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "%s written succesfully\n", aasworld.filename);
} //end if
else
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "couldn't write %s\n", aasworld.filename);
} //end else
} //end if
//initialize the routing
AAS_InitRouting();
//at this point AAS is initialized
AAS_SetInitialized();
} //end of the function AAS_ContinueInit
//===========================================================================
// called at the start of every frame
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_StartFrame(float time)
{
aasworld.time = time;
//unlink all entities that were not updated last frame
AAS_UnlinkInvalidEntities();
//invalidate the entities
AAS_InvalidateEntities();
//initialize AAS
AAS_ContinueInit(time);
//
aasworld.frameroutingupdates = 0;
//
if (bot_developer)
{
if (LibVarGetValue("showcacheupdates"))
{
AAS_RoutingInfo();
LibVarSet("showcacheupdates", "0");
} //end if
if (LibVarGetValue("showmemoryusage"))
{
PrintUsedMemorySize();
LibVarSet("showmemoryusage", "0");
} //end if
if (LibVarGetValue("memorydump"))
{
PrintMemoryLabels();
LibVarSet("memorydump", "0");
} //end if
} //end if
//
if (saveroutingcache->value)
{
AAS_WriteRouteCache();
LibVarSet("saveroutingcache", "0");
} //end if
//
aasworld.numframes++;
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function AAS_StartFrame
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float AAS_Time(void)
{
return aasworld.time;
} //end of the function AAS_Time
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ProjectPointOntoVector( vec3_t point, vec3_t vStart, vec3_t vEnd, vec3_t vProj )
{
vec3_t pVec, vec;
VectorSubtract( point, vStart, pVec );
VectorSubtract( vEnd, vStart, vec );
VectorNormalize( vec );
// project onto the directional vector for this segment
VectorMA( vStart, DotProduct( pVec, vec ), vec, vProj );
} //end of the function AAS_ProjectPointOntoVector
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_LoadFiles(const char *mapname)
{
int errnum;
char aasfile[MAX_PATH];
// char bspfile[MAX_PATH];
strcpy(aasworld.mapname, mapname);
//NOTE: first reset the entity links into the AAS areas and BSP leaves
// the AAS link heap and BSP link heap are reset after respectively the
// AAS file and BSP file are loaded
AAS_ResetEntityLinks();
// load bsp info
AAS_LoadBSPFile();
//load the aas file
Com_sprintf(aasfile, MAX_PATH, "maps/%s.aas", mapname);
errnum = AAS_LoadAASFile(aasfile);
if (errnum != BLERR_NOERROR)
return errnum;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded %s\n", aasfile);
strncpy(aasworld.filename, aasfile, MAX_PATH);
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function AAS_LoadFiles
//===========================================================================
// called everytime a map changes
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_LoadMap(const char *mapname)
{
int errnum;
//if no mapname is provided then the string indexes are updated
if (!mapname)
{
return 0;
} //end if
//
aasworld.initialized = qfalse;
//NOTE: free the routing caches before loading a new map because
// to free the caches the old number of areas, number of clusters
// and number of areas in a clusters must be available
AAS_FreeRoutingCaches();
//load the map
errnum = AAS_LoadFiles(mapname);
if (errnum != BLERR_NOERROR)
{
aasworld.loaded = qfalse;
return errnum;
} //end if
//
AAS_InitSettings();
//initialize the AAS link heap for the new map
AAS_InitAASLinkHeap();
//initialize the AAS linked entities for the new map
AAS_InitAASLinkedEntities();
//initialize reachability for the new map
AAS_InitReachability();
//initialize the alternative routing
AAS_InitAlternativeRouting();
//everything went ok
return 0;
} //end of the function AAS_LoadMap
//===========================================================================
// called when the library is first loaded
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_Setup(void)
{
aasworld.maxclients = (int) LibVarValue("maxclients", "128");
aasworld.maxentities = (int) LibVarValue("maxentities", "1024");
// as soon as it's set to 1 the routing cache will be saved
saveroutingcache = LibVar("saveroutingcache", "0");
//allocate memory for the entities
if (aasworld.entities) FreeMemory(aasworld.entities);
aasworld.entities = (aas_entity_t *) GetClearedHunkMemory(aasworld.maxentities * sizeof(aas_entity_t));
//invalidate all the entities
AAS_InvalidateEntities();
//force some recalculations
//LibVarSet("forceclustering", "1"); //force clustering calculation
//LibVarSet("forcereachability", "1"); //force reachability calculation
aasworld.numframes = 0;
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function AAS_Setup
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_Shutdown(void)
{
AAS_ShutdownAlternativeRouting();
//
AAS_DumpBSPData();
//free routing caches
AAS_FreeRoutingCaches();
//free aas link heap
AAS_FreeAASLinkHeap();
//free aas linked entities
AAS_FreeAASLinkedEntities();
//free the aas data
AAS_DumpAASData();
//free the entities
if (aasworld.entities) FreeMemory(aasworld.entities);
//clear the aasworld structure
Com_Memset(&aasworld, 0, sizeof(aas_t));
//aas has not been initialized
aasworld.initialized = qfalse;
//NOTE: as soon as a new .bsp file is loaded the .bsp file memory is
// freed an reallocated, so there's no need to free that memory here
//print shutdown
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "AAS shutdown.\n");
} //end of the function AAS_Shutdown

View file

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_main.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_main.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
extern aas_t aasworld;
//AAS error message
void QDECL AAS_Error(char *fmt, ...);
//set AAS initialized
void AAS_SetInitialized(void);
//setup AAS with the given number of entities and clients
int AAS_Setup(void);
//shutdown AAS
void AAS_Shutdown(void);
//start a new map
int AAS_LoadMap(const char *mapname);
//start a new time frame
int AAS_StartFrame(float time);
#endif //AASINTERN
//returns true if AAS is initialized
int AAS_Initialized(void);
//returns true if the AAS file is loaded
int AAS_Loaded(void);
//returns the model name from the given index
char *AAS_ModelFromIndex(int index);
//returns the index from the given model name
int AAS_IndexFromModel(char *modelname);
//returns the current time
float AAS_Time(void);
//
void AAS_ProjectPointOntoVector( vec3_t point, vec3_t vStart, vec3_t vEnd, vec3_t vProj );

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_move.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_move.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
extern aas_settings_t aassettings;
#endif //AASINTERN
//movement prediction
int AAS_PredictClientMovement(struct aas_clientmove_s *move,
int entnum, vec3_t origin,
int presencetype, int onground,
vec3_t velocity, vec3_t cmdmove,
int cmdframes,
int maxframes, float frametime,
int stopevent, int stopareanum, int visualize);
//predict movement until bounding box is hit
int AAS_ClientMovementHitBBox(struct aas_clientmove_s *move,
int entnum, vec3_t origin,
int presencetype, int onground,
vec3_t velocity, vec3_t cmdmove,
int cmdframes,
int maxframes, float frametime,
vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs, int visualize);
//returns true if on the ground at the given origin
int AAS_OnGround(vec3_t origin, int presencetype, int passent);
//returns true if swimming at the given origin
int AAS_Swimming(vec3_t origin);
//returns the jump reachability run start point
void AAS_JumpReachRunStart(struct aas_reachability_s *reach, vec3_t runstart);
//returns true if against a ladder at the given origin
int AAS_AgainstLadder(vec3_t origin);
//rocket jump Z velocity when rocket-jumping at origin
float AAS_RocketJumpZVelocity(vec3_t origin);
//bfg jump Z velocity when bfg-jumping at origin
float AAS_BFGJumpZVelocity(vec3_t origin);
//calculates the horizontal velocity needed for a jump and returns true this velocity could be calculated
int AAS_HorizontalVelocityForJump(float zvel, vec3_t start, vec3_t end, float *velocity);
//
void AAS_SetMovedir(vec3_t angles, vec3_t movedir);
//
int AAS_DropToFloor(vec3_t origin, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs);
//
void AAS_InitSettings(void);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_optimize.c
*
* desc: decreases the .aas file size after the reachabilities have
* been calculated, just dumps all the faces, edges and vertexes
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_optimize.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
typedef struct optimized_s
{
//vertexes
int numvertexes;
aas_vertex_t *vertexes;
//edges
int numedges;
aas_edge_t *edges;
//edge index
int edgeindexsize;
aas_edgeindex_t *edgeindex;
//faces
int numfaces;
aas_face_t *faces;
//face index
int faceindexsize;
aas_faceindex_t *faceindex;
//convex areas
int numareas;
aas_area_t *areas;
//
int *vertexoptimizeindex;
int *edgeoptimizeindex;
int *faceoptimizeindex;
} optimized_t;
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_KeepEdge(aas_edge_t *edge)
{
return 1;
} //end of the function AAS_KeepFace
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_OptimizeEdge(optimized_t *optimized, int edgenum)
{
int i, optedgenum;
aas_edge_t *edge, *optedge;
edge = &aasworld.edges[abs(edgenum)];
if (!AAS_KeepEdge(edge)) return 0;
optedgenum = optimized->edgeoptimizeindex[abs(edgenum)];
if (optedgenum)
{
//keep the edge reversed sign
if (edgenum > 0) return optedgenum;
else return -optedgenum;
} //end if
optedge = &optimized->edges[optimized->numedges];
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
{
if (optimized->vertexoptimizeindex[edge->v[i]])
{
optedge->v[i] = optimized->vertexoptimizeindex[edge->v[i]];
} //end if
else
{
VectorCopy(aasworld.vertexes[edge->v[i]], optimized->vertexes[optimized->numvertexes]);
optedge->v[i] = optimized->numvertexes;
optimized->vertexoptimizeindex[edge->v[i]] = optimized->numvertexes;
optimized->numvertexes++;
} //end else
} //end for
optimized->edgeoptimizeindex[abs(edgenum)] = optimized->numedges;
optedgenum = optimized->numedges;
optimized->numedges++;
//keep the edge reversed sign
if (edgenum > 0) return optedgenum;
else return -optedgenum;
} //end of the function AAS_OptimizeEdge
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_KeepFace(aas_face_t *face)
{
if (!(face->faceflags & FACE_LADDER)) return 0;
else return 1;
} //end of the function AAS_KeepFace
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_OptimizeFace(optimized_t *optimized, int facenum)
{
int i, edgenum, optedgenum, optfacenum;
aas_face_t *face, *optface;
face = &aasworld.faces[abs(facenum)];
if (!AAS_KeepFace(face)) return 0;
optfacenum = optimized->faceoptimizeindex[abs(facenum)];
if (optfacenum)
{
//keep the face side sign
if (facenum > 0) return optfacenum;
else return -optfacenum;
} //end if
optface = &optimized->faces[optimized->numfaces];
Com_Memcpy(optface, face, sizeof(aas_face_t));
optface->numedges = 0;
optface->firstedge = optimized->edgeindexsize;
for (i = 0; i < face->numedges; i++)
{
edgenum = aasworld.edgeindex[face->firstedge + i];
optedgenum = AAS_OptimizeEdge(optimized, edgenum);
if (optedgenum)
{
optimized->edgeindex[optface->firstedge + optface->numedges] = optedgenum;
optface->numedges++;
optimized->edgeindexsize++;
} //end if
} //end for
optimized->faceoptimizeindex[abs(facenum)] = optimized->numfaces;
optfacenum = optimized->numfaces;
optimized->numfaces++;
//keep the face side sign
if (facenum > 0) return optfacenum;
else return -optfacenum;
} //end of the function AAS_OptimizeFace
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_OptimizeArea(optimized_t *optimized, int areanum)
{
int i, facenum, optfacenum;
aas_area_t *area, *optarea;
area = &aasworld.areas[areanum];
optarea = &optimized->areas[areanum];
Com_Memcpy(optarea, area, sizeof(aas_area_t));
optarea->numfaces = 0;
optarea->firstface = optimized->faceindexsize;
for (i = 0; i < area->numfaces; i++)
{
facenum = aasworld.faceindex[area->firstface + i];
optfacenum = AAS_OptimizeFace(optimized, facenum);
if (optfacenum)
{
optimized->faceindex[optarea->firstface + optarea->numfaces] = optfacenum;
optarea->numfaces++;
optimized->faceindexsize++;
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_OptimizeArea
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_OptimizeAlloc(optimized_t *optimized)
{
optimized->vertexes = (aas_vertex_t *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numvertexes * sizeof(aas_vertex_t));
optimized->numvertexes = 0;
optimized->edges = (aas_edge_t *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numedges * sizeof(aas_edge_t));
optimized->numedges = 1; //edge zero is a dummy
optimized->edgeindex = (aas_edgeindex_t *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.edgeindexsize * sizeof(aas_edgeindex_t));
optimized->edgeindexsize = 0;
optimized->faces = (aas_face_t *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numfaces * sizeof(aas_face_t));
optimized->numfaces = 1; //face zero is a dummy
optimized->faceindex = (aas_faceindex_t *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.faceindexsize * sizeof(aas_faceindex_t));
optimized->faceindexsize = 0;
optimized->areas = (aas_area_t *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numareas * sizeof(aas_area_t));
optimized->numareas = aasworld.numareas;
//
optimized->vertexoptimizeindex = (int *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numvertexes * sizeof(int));
optimized->edgeoptimizeindex = (int *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numedges * sizeof(int));
optimized->faceoptimizeindex = (int *) GetClearedMemory(aasworld.numfaces * sizeof(int));
} //end of the function AAS_OptimizeAlloc
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_OptimizeStore(optimized_t *optimized)
{
//store the optimized vertexes
if (aasworld.vertexes) FreeMemory(aasworld.vertexes);
aasworld.vertexes = optimized->vertexes;
aasworld.numvertexes = optimized->numvertexes;
//store the optimized edges
if (aasworld.edges) FreeMemory(aasworld.edges);
aasworld.edges = optimized->edges;
aasworld.numedges = optimized->numedges;
//store the optimized edge index
if (aasworld.edgeindex) FreeMemory(aasworld.edgeindex);
aasworld.edgeindex = optimized->edgeindex;
aasworld.edgeindexsize = optimized->edgeindexsize;
//store the optimized faces
if (aasworld.faces) FreeMemory(aasworld.faces);
aasworld.faces = optimized->faces;
aasworld.numfaces = optimized->numfaces;
//store the optimized face index
if (aasworld.faceindex) FreeMemory(aasworld.faceindex);
aasworld.faceindex = optimized->faceindex;
aasworld.faceindexsize = optimized->faceindexsize;
//store the optimized areas
if (aasworld.areas) FreeMemory(aasworld.areas);
aasworld.areas = optimized->areas;
aasworld.numareas = optimized->numareas;
//free optimize indexes
FreeMemory(optimized->vertexoptimizeindex);
FreeMemory(optimized->edgeoptimizeindex);
FreeMemory(optimized->faceoptimizeindex);
} //end of the function AAS_OptimizeStore
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_Optimize(void)
{
int i, sign;
optimized_t optimized;
AAS_OptimizeAlloc(&optimized);
for (i = 1; i < aasworld.numareas; i++)
{
AAS_OptimizeArea(&optimized, i);
} //end for
//reset the reachability face pointers
for (i = 0; i < aasworld.reachabilitysize; i++)
{
//NOTE: for TRAVEL_ELEVATOR the facenum is the model number of
// the elevator
if ((aasworld.reachability[i].traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_ELEVATOR) continue;
//NOTE: for TRAVEL_JUMPPAD the facenum is the Z velocity and the edgenum is the hor velocity
if ((aasworld.reachability[i].traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_JUMPPAD) continue;
//NOTE: for TRAVEL_FUNCBOB the facenum and edgenum contain other coded information
if ((aasworld.reachability[i].traveltype & TRAVELTYPE_MASK) == TRAVEL_FUNCBOB) continue;
//
sign = aasworld.reachability[i].facenum;
aasworld.reachability[i].facenum = optimized.faceoptimizeindex[abs(aasworld.reachability[i].facenum)];
if (sign < 0) aasworld.reachability[i].facenum = -aasworld.reachability[i].facenum;
sign = aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum;
aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum = optimized.edgeoptimizeindex[abs(aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum)];
if (sign < 0) aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum = -aasworld.reachability[i].edgenum;
} //end for
//store the optimized AAS data into aasworld
AAS_OptimizeStore(&optimized);
//print some nice stuff :)
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "AAS data optimized.\n");
} //end of the function AAS_Optimize

View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_optimize.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_optimize.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
void AAS_Optimize(void);

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_reach.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_reach.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
//initialize calculating the reachabilities
void AAS_InitReachability(void);
//continue calculating the reachabilities
int AAS_ContinueInitReachability(float time);
//
int AAS_BestReachableLinkArea(aas_link_t *areas);
#endif //AASINTERN
//returns true if the are has reachabilities to other areas
int AAS_AreaReachability(int areanum);
//returns the best reachable area and goal origin for a bounding box at the given origin
int AAS_BestReachableArea(vec3_t origin, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs, vec3_t goalorigin);
//returns the best jumppad area from which the bbox at origin is reachable
int AAS_BestReachableFromJumpPadArea(vec3_t origin, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs);
//returns the next reachability using the given model
int AAS_NextModelReachability(int num, int modelnum);
//returns the total area of the ground faces of the given area
float AAS_AreaGroundFaceArea(int areanum);
//returns true if the area is crouch only
int AAS_AreaCrouch(int areanum);
//returns true if a player can swim in this area
int AAS_AreaSwim(int areanum);
//returns true if the area is filled with a liquid
int AAS_AreaLiquid(int areanum);
//returns true if the area contains lava
int AAS_AreaLava(int areanum);
//returns true if the area contains slime
int AAS_AreaSlime(int areanum);
//returns true if the area has one or more ground faces
int AAS_AreaGrounded(int areanum);
//returns true if the area has one or more ladder faces
int AAS_AreaLadder(int areanum);
//returns true if the area is a jump pad
int AAS_AreaJumpPad(int areanum);
//returns true if the area is donotenter
int AAS_AreaDoNotEnter(int areanum);

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_route.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_route.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
//initialize the AAS routing
void AAS_InitRouting(void);
//free the AAS routing caches
void AAS_FreeRoutingCaches(void);
//returns the travel time from start to end in the given area
unsigned short int AAS_AreaTravelTime(int areanum, vec3_t start, vec3_t end);
//
void AAS_CreateAllRoutingCache(void);
void AAS_WriteRouteCache(void);
//
void AAS_RoutingInfo(void);
#endif //AASINTERN
//returns the travel flag for the given travel type
int AAS_TravelFlagForType(int traveltype);
//return the travel flag(s) for traveling through this area
int AAS_AreaContentsTravelFlags(int areanum);
//returns the index of the next reachability for the given area
int AAS_NextAreaReachability(int areanum, int reachnum);
//returns the reachability with the given index
void AAS_ReachabilityFromNum(int num, struct aas_reachability_s *reach);
//returns a random goal area and goal origin
int AAS_RandomGoalArea(int areanum, int travelflags, int *goalareanum, vec3_t goalorigin);
//enable or disable an area for routing
int AAS_EnableRoutingArea(int areanum, int enable);
//returns the travel time within the given area from start to end
unsigned short int AAS_AreaTravelTime(int areanum, vec3_t start, vec3_t end);
//returns the travel time from the area to the goal area using the given travel flags
int AAS_AreaTravelTimeToGoalArea(int areanum, vec3_t origin, int goalareanum, int travelflags);
//predict a route up to a stop event
int AAS_PredictRoute(struct aas_predictroute_s *route, int areanum, vec3_t origin,
int goalareanum, int travelflags, int maxareas, int maxtime,
int stopevent, int stopcontents, int stoptfl, int stopareanum);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_routealt.c
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_aas_routealt.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_aas_def.h"
#define ENABLE_ALTROUTING
//#define ALTROUTE_DEBUG
typedef struct midrangearea_s
{
int valid;
unsigned short starttime;
unsigned short goaltime;
} midrangearea_t;
midrangearea_t *midrangeareas;
int *clusterareas;
int numclusterareas;
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_AltRoutingFloodCluster_r(int areanum)
{
int i, otherareanum;
aas_area_t *area;
aas_face_t *face;
//add the current area to the areas of the current cluster
clusterareas[numclusterareas] = areanum;
numclusterareas++;
//remove the area from the mid range areas
midrangeareas[areanum].valid = qfalse;
//flood to other areas through the faces of this area
area = &aasworld.areas[areanum];
for (i = 0; i < area->numfaces; i++)
{
face = &aasworld.faces[abs(aasworld.faceindex[area->firstface + i])];
//get the area at the other side of the face
if (face->frontarea == areanum) otherareanum = face->backarea;
else otherareanum = face->frontarea;
//if there is an area at the other side of this face
if (!otherareanum) continue;
//if the other area is not a midrange area
if (!midrangeareas[otherareanum].valid) continue;
//
AAS_AltRoutingFloodCluster_r(otherareanum);
} //end for
} //end of the function AAS_AltRoutingFloodCluster_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int AAS_AlternativeRouteGoals(vec3_t start, int startareanum, vec3_t goal, int goalareanum, int travelflags,
aas_altroutegoal_t *altroutegoals, int maxaltroutegoals,
int type)
{
#ifndef ENABLE_ALTROUTING
return 0;
#else
int i, j, bestareanum;
int numaltroutegoals, nummidrangeareas;
int starttime, goaltime, goaltraveltime;
float dist, bestdist;
vec3_t mid, dir;
#ifdef ALTROUTE_DEBUG
int startmillisecs;
startmillisecs = Sys_MilliSeconds();
#endif
if (!startareanum || !goalareanum)
return 0;
//travel time towards the goal area
goaltraveltime = AAS_AreaTravelTimeToGoalArea(startareanum, start, goalareanum, travelflags);
//clear the midrange areas
Com_Memset(midrangeareas, 0, aasworld.numareas * sizeof(midrangearea_t));
numaltroutegoals = 0;
//
nummidrangeareas = 0;
//
for (i = 1; i < aasworld.numareas; i++)
{
//
if (!(type & ALTROUTEGOAL_ALL))
{
if (!(type & ALTROUTEGOAL_CLUSTERPORTALS && (aasworld.areasettings[i].contents & AREACONTENTS_CLUSTERPORTAL)))
{
if (!(type & ALTROUTEGOAL_VIEWPORTALS && (aasworld.areasettings[i].contents & AREACONTENTS_VIEWPORTAL)))
{
continue;
} //end if
} //end if
} //end if
//if the area has no reachabilities
if (!AAS_AreaReachability(i)) continue;
//tavel time from the area to the start area
starttime = AAS_AreaTravelTimeToGoalArea(startareanum, start, i, travelflags);
if (!starttime) continue;
//if the travel time from the start to the area is greater than the shortest goal travel time
if (starttime > (float) 1.1 * goaltraveltime) continue;
//travel time from the area to the goal area
goaltime = AAS_AreaTravelTimeToGoalArea(i, NULL, goalareanum, travelflags);
if (!goaltime) continue;
//if the travel time from the area to the goal is greater than the shortest goal travel time
if (goaltime > (float) 0.8 * goaltraveltime) continue;
//this is a mid range area
midrangeareas[i].valid = qtrue;
midrangeareas[i].starttime = starttime;
midrangeareas[i].goaltime = goaltime;
Log_Write("%d midrange area %d", nummidrangeareas, i);
nummidrangeareas++;
} //end for
//
for (i = 1; i < aasworld.numareas; i++)
{
if (!midrangeareas[i].valid) continue;
//get the areas in one cluster
numclusterareas = 0;
AAS_AltRoutingFloodCluster_r(i);
//now we've got a cluster with areas through which an alternative route could go
//get the 'center' of the cluster
VectorClear(mid);
for (j = 0; j < numclusterareas; j++)
{
VectorAdd(mid, aasworld.areas[clusterareas[j]].center, mid);
} //end for
VectorScale(mid, 1.0 / numclusterareas, mid);
//get the area closest to the center of the cluster
bestdist = 999999;
bestareanum = 0;
for (j = 0; j < numclusterareas; j++)
{
VectorSubtract(mid, aasworld.areas[clusterareas[j]].center, dir);
dist = VectorLength(dir);
if (dist < bestdist)
{
bestdist = dist;
bestareanum = clusterareas[j];
} //end if
} //end for
//now we've got an area for an alternative route
//FIXME: add alternative goal origin
VectorCopy(aasworld.areas[bestareanum].center, altroutegoals[numaltroutegoals].origin);
altroutegoals[numaltroutegoals].areanum = bestareanum;
altroutegoals[numaltroutegoals].starttraveltime = midrangeareas[bestareanum].starttime;
altroutegoals[numaltroutegoals].goaltraveltime = midrangeareas[bestareanum].goaltime;
altroutegoals[numaltroutegoals].extratraveltime =
(midrangeareas[bestareanum].starttime + midrangeareas[bestareanum].goaltime) -
goaltraveltime;
numaltroutegoals++;
//
#ifdef ALTROUTE_DEBUG
AAS_ShowAreaPolygons(bestareanum, 1, qtrue);
#endif
//don't return more than the maximum alternative route goals
if (numaltroutegoals >= maxaltroutegoals) break;
} //end for
#ifdef ALTROUTE_DEBUG
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "alternative route goals in %d msec\n", Sys_MilliSeconds() - startmillisecs);
#endif
return numaltroutegoals;
#endif
} //end of the function AAS_AlternativeRouteGoals
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_InitAlternativeRouting(void)
{
#ifdef ENABLE_ALTROUTING
if (midrangeareas) FreeMemory(midrangeareas);
midrangeareas = (midrangearea_t *) GetMemory(aasworld.numareas * sizeof(midrangearea_t));
if (clusterareas) FreeMemory(clusterareas);
clusterareas = (int *) GetMemory(aasworld.numareas * sizeof(int));
#endif
} //end of the function AAS_InitAlternativeRouting
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void AAS_ShutdownAlternativeRouting(void)
{
#ifdef ENABLE_ALTROUTING
if (midrangeareas) FreeMemory(midrangeareas);
midrangeareas = NULL;
if (clusterareas) FreeMemory(clusterareas);
clusterareas = NULL;
numclusterareas = 0;
#endif
} //end of the function AAS_ShutdownAlternativeRouting

View file

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_routealt.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_routealt.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
void AAS_InitAlternativeRouting(void);
void AAS_ShutdownAlternativeRouting(void);
#endif //AASINTERN
int AAS_AlternativeRouteGoals(vec3_t start, int startareanum, vec3_t goal, int goalareanum, int travelflags,
aas_altroutegoal_t *altroutegoals, int maxaltroutegoals,
int type);

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_aas_sample.h
*
* desc: AAS
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_aas_sample.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#ifdef AASINTERN
void AAS_InitAASLinkHeap(void);
void AAS_InitAASLinkedEntities(void);
void AAS_FreeAASLinkHeap(void);
void AAS_FreeAASLinkedEntities(void);
aas_face_t *AAS_AreaGroundFace(int areanum, vec3_t point);
aas_face_t *AAS_TraceEndFace(aas_trace_t *trace);
aas_plane_t *AAS_PlaneFromNum(int planenum);
aas_link_t *AAS_AASLinkEntity(vec3_t absmins, vec3_t absmaxs, int entnum);
aas_link_t *AAS_LinkEntityClientBBox(vec3_t absmins, vec3_t absmaxs, int entnum, int presencetype);
qboolean AAS_PointInsideFace(int facenum, vec3_t point, float epsilon);
qboolean AAS_InsideFace(aas_face_t *face, vec3_t pnormal, vec3_t point, float epsilon);
void AAS_UnlinkFromAreas(aas_link_t *areas);
#endif //AASINTERN
//returns the mins and maxs of the bounding box for the given presence type
void AAS_PresenceTypeBoundingBox(int presencetype, vec3_t mins, vec3_t maxs);
//returns the cluster the area is in (negative portal number if the area is a portal)
int AAS_AreaCluster(int areanum);
//returns the presence type(s) of the area
int AAS_AreaPresenceType(int areanum);
//returns the presence type(s) at the given point
int AAS_PointPresenceType(vec3_t point);
//returns the result of the trace of a client bbox
aas_trace_t AAS_TraceClientBBox(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int presencetype, int passent);
//stores the areas the trace went through and returns the number of passed areas
int AAS_TraceAreas(vec3_t start, vec3_t end, int *areas, vec3_t *points, int maxareas);
//returns the areas the bounding box is in
int AAS_BBoxAreas(vec3_t absmins, vec3_t absmaxs, int *areas, int maxareas);
//return area information
int AAS_AreaInfo( int areanum, aas_areainfo_t *info );
//returns the area the point is in
int AAS_PointAreaNum(vec3_t point);
//
int AAS_PointReachabilityAreaIndex( vec3_t point );
//returns the plane the given face is in
void AAS_FacePlane(int facenum, vec3_t normal, float *dist);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_char.c
*
* desc: bot characters
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_ai_char.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_ai_char.h"
#define MAX_CHARACTERISTICS 80
#define CT_INTEGER 1
#define CT_FLOAT 2
#define CT_STRING 3
#define DEFAULT_CHARACTER "bots/default_c.c"
//characteristic value
union cvalue
{
int integer;
float _float;
char *string;
};
//a characteristic
typedef struct bot_characteristic_s
{
char type; //characteristic type
union cvalue value; //characteristic value
} bot_characteristic_t;
//a bot character
typedef struct bot_character_s
{
char filename[MAX_QPATH];
float skill;
bot_characteristic_t c[1]; //variable sized
} bot_character_t;
bot_character_t *botcharacters[MAX_CLIENTS + 1];
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
bot_character_t *BotCharacterFromHandle(int handle)
{
if (handle <= 0 || handle > MAX_CLIENTS)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "character handle %d out of range\n", handle);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (!botcharacters[handle])
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "invalid character %d\n", handle);
return NULL;
} //end if
return botcharacters[handle];
} //end of the function BotCharacterFromHandle
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotDumpCharacter(bot_character_t *ch)
{
int i;
Log_Write("%s", ch->filename);
Log_Write("skill %d\n", ch->skill);
Log_Write("{\n");
for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTERISTICS; i++)
{
switch(ch->c[i].type)
{
case CT_INTEGER: Log_Write(" %4d %d\n", i, ch->c[i].value.integer); break;
case CT_FLOAT: Log_Write(" %4d %f\n", i, ch->c[i].value._float); break;
case CT_STRING: Log_Write(" %4d %s\n", i, ch->c[i].value.string); break;
} //end case
} //end for
Log_Write("}\n");
} //end of the function BotDumpCharacter
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
void BotFreeCharacterStrings(bot_character_t *ch)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTERISTICS; i++)
{
if (ch->c[i].type == CT_STRING)
{
FreeMemory(ch->c[i].value.string);
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function BotFreeCharacterStrings
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
void BotFreeCharacter2(int handle)
{
if (handle <= 0 || handle > MAX_CLIENTS)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "character handle %d out of range\n", handle);
return;
} //end if
if (!botcharacters[handle])
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "invalid character %d\n", handle);
return;
} //end if
BotFreeCharacterStrings(botcharacters[handle]);
FreeMemory(botcharacters[handle]);
botcharacters[handle] = NULL;
} //end of the function BotFreeCharacter2
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
void BotFreeCharacter(int handle)
{
if (!LibVarGetValue("bot_reloadcharacters")) return;
BotFreeCharacter2(handle);
} //end of the function BotFreeCharacter
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotDefaultCharacteristics(bot_character_t *ch, bot_character_t *defaultch)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTERISTICS; i++)
{
if (ch->c[i].type) continue;
//
if (defaultch->c[i].type == CT_FLOAT)
{
ch->c[i].type = CT_FLOAT;
ch->c[i].value._float = defaultch->c[i].value._float;
} //end if
else if (defaultch->c[i].type == CT_INTEGER)
{
ch->c[i].type = CT_INTEGER;
ch->c[i].value.integer = defaultch->c[i].value.integer;
} //end else if
else if (defaultch->c[i].type == CT_STRING)
{
ch->c[i].type = CT_STRING;
ch->c[i].value.string = (char *) GetMemory(strlen(defaultch->c[i].value.string)+1);
strcpy(ch->c[i].value.string, defaultch->c[i].value.string);
} //end else if
} //end for
} //end of the function BotDefaultCharacteristics
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
bot_character_t *BotLoadCharacterFromFile(char *charfile, int skill)
{
int indent, index, foundcharacter;
bot_character_t *ch;
source_t *source;
token_t token;
foundcharacter = qfalse;
//a bot character is parsed in two phases
PC_SetBaseFolder(BOTFILESBASEFOLDER);
source = LoadSourceFile(charfile);
if (!source)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "counldn't load %s\n", charfile);
return NULL;
} //end if
ch = (bot_character_t *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(bot_character_t) +
MAX_CHARACTERISTICS * sizeof(bot_characteristic_t));
strcpy(ch->filename, charfile);
while(PC_ReadToken(source, &token))
{
if (!strcmp(token.string, "skill"))
{
if (!PC_ExpectTokenType(source, TT_NUMBER, 0, &token))
{
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, "{"))
{
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
//if it's the correct skill
if (skill < 0 || token.intvalue == skill)
{
foundcharacter = qtrue;
ch->skill = token.intvalue;
while(PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
if (!strcmp(token.string, "}")) break;
if (token.type != TT_NUMBER || !(token.subtype & TT_INTEGER))
{
SourceError(source, "expected integer index, found %s\n", token.string);
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
index = token.intvalue;
if (index < 0 || index > MAX_CHARACTERISTICS)
{
SourceError(source, "characteristic index out of range [0, %d]\n", MAX_CHARACTERISTICS);
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (ch->c[index].type)
{
SourceError(source, "characteristic %d already initialized\n", index);
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (token.type == TT_NUMBER)
{
if (token.subtype & TT_FLOAT)
{
ch->c[index].value._float = token.floatvalue;
ch->c[index].type = CT_FLOAT;
} //end if
else
{
ch->c[index].value.integer = token.intvalue;
ch->c[index].type = CT_INTEGER;
} //end else
} //end if
else if (token.type == TT_STRING)
{
StripDoubleQuotes(token.string);
ch->c[index].value.string = GetMemory(strlen(token.string)+1);
strcpy(ch->c[index].value.string, token.string);
ch->c[index].type = CT_STRING;
} //end else if
else
{
SourceError(source, "expected integer, float or string, found %s\n", token.string);
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end else
} //end if
break;
} //end if
else
{
indent = 1;
while(indent)
{
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (!strcmp(token.string, "{")) indent++;
else if (!strcmp(token.string, "}")) indent--;
} //end while
} //end else
} //end if
else
{
SourceError(source, "unknown definition %s\n", token.string);
FreeSource(source);
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end else
} //end while
FreeSource(source);
//
if (!foundcharacter)
{
BotFreeCharacterStrings(ch);
FreeMemory(ch);
return NULL;
} //end if
return ch;
} //end of the function BotLoadCharacterFromFile
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotFindCachedCharacter(char *charfile, float skill)
{
int handle;
for (handle = 1; handle <= MAX_CLIENTS; handle++)
{
if ( !botcharacters[handle] ) continue;
if ( strcmp( botcharacters[handle]->filename, charfile ) == 0 &&
(skill < 0 || fabs(botcharacters[handle]->skill - skill) < 0.01) )
{
return handle;
} //end if
} //end for
return 0;
} //end of the function BotFindCachedCharacter
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotLoadCachedCharacter(char *charfile, float skill, int reload)
{
int handle, cachedhandle, intskill;
bot_character_t *ch = NULL;
#ifdef DEBUG
int starttime;
starttime = Sys_MilliSeconds();
#endif //DEBUG
//find a free spot for a character
for (handle = 1; handle <= MAX_CLIENTS; handle++)
{
if (!botcharacters[handle]) break;
} //end for
if (handle > MAX_CLIENTS) return 0;
//try to load a cached character with the given skill
if (!reload)
{
cachedhandle = BotFindCachedCharacter(charfile, skill);
if (cachedhandle)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded cached skill %f from %s\n", skill, charfile);
return cachedhandle;
} //end if
} //end else
//
intskill = (int) (skill + 0.5);
//try to load the character with the given skill
ch = BotLoadCharacterFromFile(charfile, intskill);
if (ch)
{
botcharacters[handle] = ch;
//
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded skill %d from %s\n", intskill, charfile);
#ifdef DEBUG
if (bot_developer)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "skill %d loaded in %d msec from %s\n", intskill, Sys_MilliSeconds() - starttime, charfile);
} //end if
#endif //DEBUG
return handle;
} //end if
//
botimport.Print(PRT_WARNING, "couldn't find skill %d in %s\n", intskill, charfile);
//
if (!reload)
{
//try to load a cached default character with the given skill
cachedhandle = BotFindCachedCharacter(DEFAULT_CHARACTER, skill);
if (cachedhandle)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded cached default skill %d from %s\n", intskill, charfile);
return cachedhandle;
} //end if
} //end if
//try to load the default character with the given skill
ch = BotLoadCharacterFromFile(DEFAULT_CHARACTER, intskill);
if (ch)
{
botcharacters[handle] = ch;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded default skill %d from %s\n", intskill, charfile);
return handle;
} //end if
//
if (!reload)
{
//try to load a cached character with any skill
cachedhandle = BotFindCachedCharacter(charfile, -1);
if (cachedhandle)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded cached skill %f from %s\n", botcharacters[cachedhandle]->skill, charfile);
return cachedhandle;
} //end if
} //end if
//try to load a character with any skill
ch = BotLoadCharacterFromFile(charfile, -1);
if (ch)
{
botcharacters[handle] = ch;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded skill %f from %s\n", ch->skill, charfile);
return handle;
} //end if
//
if (!reload)
{
//try to load a cached character with any skill
cachedhandle = BotFindCachedCharacter(DEFAULT_CHARACTER, -1);
if (cachedhandle)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded cached default skill %f from %s\n", botcharacters[cachedhandle]->skill, charfile);
return cachedhandle;
} //end if
} //end if
//try to load a character with any skill
ch = BotLoadCharacterFromFile(DEFAULT_CHARACTER, -1);
if (ch)
{
botcharacters[handle] = ch;
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded default skill %f from %s\n", ch->skill, charfile);
return handle;
} //end if
//
botimport.Print(PRT_WARNING, "couldn't load any skill from %s\n", charfile);
//couldn't load any character
return 0;
} //end of the function BotLoadCachedCharacter
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotLoadCharacterSkill(char *charfile, float skill)
{
int ch, defaultch;
defaultch = BotLoadCachedCharacter(DEFAULT_CHARACTER, skill, qfalse);
ch = BotLoadCachedCharacter(charfile, skill, LibVarGetValue("bot_reloadcharacters"));
if (defaultch && ch)
{
BotDefaultCharacteristics(botcharacters[ch], botcharacters[defaultch]);
} //end if
return ch;
} //end of the function BotLoadCharacterSkill
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotInterpolateCharacters(int handle1, int handle2, float desiredskill)
{
bot_character_t *ch1, *ch2, *out;
int i, handle;
float scale;
ch1 = BotCharacterFromHandle(handle1);
ch2 = BotCharacterFromHandle(handle2);
if (!ch1 || !ch2)
return 0;
//find a free spot for a character
for (handle = 1; handle <= MAX_CLIENTS; handle++)
{
if (!botcharacters[handle]) break;
} //end for
if (handle > MAX_CLIENTS) return 0;
out = (bot_character_t *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(bot_character_t) +
MAX_CHARACTERISTICS * sizeof(bot_characteristic_t));
out->skill = desiredskill;
strcpy(out->filename, ch1->filename);
botcharacters[handle] = out;
scale = (float) (desiredskill - ch1->skill) / (ch2->skill - ch1->skill);
for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHARACTERISTICS; i++)
{
//
if (ch1->c[i].type == CT_FLOAT && ch2->c[i].type == CT_FLOAT)
{
out->c[i].type = CT_FLOAT;
out->c[i].value._float = ch1->c[i].value._float +
(ch2->c[i].value._float - ch1->c[i].value._float) * scale;
} //end if
else if (ch1->c[i].type == CT_INTEGER)
{
out->c[i].type = CT_INTEGER;
out->c[i].value.integer = ch1->c[i].value.integer;
} //end else if
else if (ch1->c[i].type == CT_STRING)
{
out->c[i].type = CT_STRING;
out->c[i].value.string = (char *) GetMemory(strlen(ch1->c[i].value.string)+1);
strcpy(out->c[i].value.string, ch1->c[i].value.string);
} //end else if
} //end for
return handle;
} //end of the function BotInterpolateCharacters
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotLoadCharacter(char *charfile, float skill)
{
int firstskill, secondskill, handle;
//make sure the skill is in the valid range
if (skill < 1.0) skill = 1.0;
else if (skill > 5.0) skill = 5.0;
//skill 1, 4 and 5 should be available in the character files
if (skill == 1.0 || skill == 4.0 || skill == 5.0)
{
return BotLoadCharacterSkill(charfile, skill);
} //end if
//check if there's a cached skill
handle = BotFindCachedCharacter(charfile, skill);
if (handle)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded cached skill %f from %s\n", skill, charfile);
return handle;
} //end if
if (skill < 4.0)
{
//load skill 1 and 4
firstskill = BotLoadCharacterSkill(charfile, 1);
if (!firstskill) return 0;
secondskill = BotLoadCharacterSkill(charfile, 4);
if (!secondskill) return firstskill;
} //end if
else
{
//load skill 4 and 5
firstskill = BotLoadCharacterSkill(charfile, 4);
if (!firstskill) return 0;
secondskill = BotLoadCharacterSkill(charfile, 5);
if (!secondskill) return firstskill;
} //end else
//interpolate between the two skills
handle = BotInterpolateCharacters(firstskill, secondskill, skill);
if (!handle) return 0;
//write the character to the log file
BotDumpCharacter(botcharacters[handle]);
//
return handle;
} //end of the function BotLoadCharacter
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int CheckCharacteristicIndex(int character, int index)
{
bot_character_t *ch;
ch = BotCharacterFromHandle(character);
if (!ch) return qfalse;
if (index < 0 || index >= MAX_CHARACTERISTICS)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "characteristic %d does not exist\n", index);
return qfalse;
} //end if
if (!ch->c[index].type)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "characteristic %d is not initialized\n", index);
return qfalse;
} //end if
return qtrue;
} //end of the function CheckCharacteristicIndex
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float Characteristic_Float(int character, int index)
{
bot_character_t *ch;
ch = BotCharacterFromHandle(character);
if (!ch) return 0;
//check if the index is in range
if (!CheckCharacteristicIndex(character, index)) return 0;
//an integer will be converted to a float
if (ch->c[index].type == CT_INTEGER)
{
return (float) ch->c[index].value.integer;
} //end if
//floats are just returned
else if (ch->c[index].type == CT_FLOAT)
{
return ch->c[index].value._float;
} //end else if
//cannot convert a string pointer to a float
else
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "characteristic %d is not a float\n", index);
return 0;
} //end else if
// return 0;
} //end of the function Characteristic_Float
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float Characteristic_BFloat(int character, int index, float min, float max)
{
float value;
bot_character_t *ch;
ch = BotCharacterFromHandle(character);
if (!ch) return 0;
if (min > max)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "cannot bound characteristic %d between %f and %f\n", index, min, max);
return 0;
} //end if
value = Characteristic_Float(character, index);
if (value < min) return min;
if (value > max) return max;
return value;
} //end of the function Characteristic_BFloat
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int Characteristic_Integer(int character, int index)
{
bot_character_t *ch;
ch = BotCharacterFromHandle(character);
if (!ch) return 0;
//check if the index is in range
if (!CheckCharacteristicIndex(character, index)) return 0;
//an integer will just be returned
if (ch->c[index].type == CT_INTEGER)
{
return ch->c[index].value.integer;
} //end if
//floats are casted to integers
else if (ch->c[index].type == CT_FLOAT)
{
return (int) ch->c[index].value._float;
} //end else if
else
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "characteristic %d is not a integer\n", index);
return 0;
} //end else if
// return 0;
} //end of the function Characteristic_Integer
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int Characteristic_BInteger(int character, int index, int min, int max)
{
int value;
bot_character_t *ch;
ch = BotCharacterFromHandle(character);
if (!ch) return 0;
if (min > max)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "cannot bound characteristic %d between %d and %d\n", index, min, max);
return 0;
} //end if
value = Characteristic_Integer(character, index);
if (value < min) return min;
if (value > max) return max;
return value;
} //end of the function Characteristic_BInteger
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void Characteristic_String(int character, int index, char *buf, int size)
{
bot_character_t *ch;
ch = BotCharacterFromHandle(character);
if (!ch) return;
//check if the index is in range
if (!CheckCharacteristicIndex(character, index)) return;
//an integer will be converted to a float
if (ch->c[index].type == CT_STRING)
{
strncpy(buf, ch->c[index].value.string, size-1);
buf[size-1] = '\0';
return;
} //end if
else
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "characteristic %d is not a string\n", index);
return;
} //end else if
return;
} //end of the function Characteristic_String
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotShutdownCharacters(void)
{
int handle;
for (handle = 1; handle <= MAX_CLIENTS; handle++)
{
if (botcharacters[handle])
{
BotFreeCharacter2(handle);
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function BotShutdownCharacters

View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_char.h
*
* desc: bot characters
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_ai_char.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
//loads a bot character from a file
int BotLoadCharacter(char *charfile, float skill);
//frees a bot character
void BotFreeCharacter(int character);
//returns a float characteristic
float Characteristic_Float(int character, int index);
//returns a bounded float characteristic
float Characteristic_BFloat(int character, int index, float min, float max);
//returns an integer characteristic
int Characteristic_Integer(int character, int index);
//returns a bounded integer characteristic
int Characteristic_BInteger(int character, int index, int min, int max);
//returns a string characteristic
void Characteristic_String(int character, int index, char *buf, int size);
//free cached bot characters
void BotShutdownCharacters(void);

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_chat.h
*
* desc: char AI
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_ai_chat.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#define MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE 256
#define MAX_CHATTYPE_NAME 32
#define MAX_MATCHVARIABLES 8
#define CHAT_GENDERLESS 0
#define CHAT_GENDERFEMALE 1
#define CHAT_GENDERMALE 2
#define CHAT_ALL 0
#define CHAT_TEAM 1
#define CHAT_TELL 2
//a console message
typedef struct bot_consolemessage_s
{
int handle;
float time; //message time
int type; //message type
char message[MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE]; //message
struct bot_consolemessage_s *prev, *next; //prev and next in list
} bot_consolemessage_t;
//match variable
typedef struct bot_matchvariable_s
{
char offset;
int length;
} bot_matchvariable_t;
//returned to AI when a match is found
typedef struct bot_match_s
{
char string[MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE];
int type;
int subtype;
bot_matchvariable_t variables[MAX_MATCHVARIABLES];
} bot_match_t;
//setup the chat AI
int BotSetupChatAI(void);
//shutdown the chat AI
void BotShutdownChatAI(void);
//returns the handle to a newly allocated chat state
int BotAllocChatState(void);
//frees the chatstate
void BotFreeChatState(int handle);
//adds a console message to the chat state
void BotQueueConsoleMessage(int chatstate, int type, char *message);
//removes the console message from the chat state
void BotRemoveConsoleMessage(int chatstate, int handle);
//returns the next console message from the state
int BotNextConsoleMessage(int chatstate, bot_consolemessage_t *cm);
//returns the number of console messages currently stored in the state
int BotNumConsoleMessages(int chatstate);
//selects a chat message of the given type
void BotInitialChat(int chatstate, char *type, int mcontext, char *var0, char *var1, char *var2, char *var3, char *var4, char *var5, char *var6, char *var7);
//returns the number of initial chat messages of the given type
int BotNumInitialChats(int chatstate, char *type);
//find and select a reply for the given message
int BotReplyChat(int chatstate, char *message, int mcontext, int vcontext, char *var0, char *var1, char *var2, char *var3, char *var4, char *var5, char *var6, char *var7);
//returns the length of the currently selected chat message
int BotChatLength(int chatstate);
//enters the selected chat message
void BotEnterChat(int chatstate, int clientto, int sendto);
//get the chat message ready to be output
void BotGetChatMessage(int chatstate, char *buf, int size);
//checks if the first string contains the second one, returns index into first string or -1 if not found
int StringContains(char *str1, char *str2, int casesensitive);
//finds a match for the given string using the match templates
int BotFindMatch(char *str, bot_match_t *match, unsigned long int context);
//returns a variable from a match
void BotMatchVariable(bot_match_t *match, int variable, char *buf, int size);
//unify all the white spaces in the string
void UnifyWhiteSpaces(char *string);
//replace all the context related synonyms in the string
void BotReplaceSynonyms(char *string, unsigned long int context);
//loads a chat file for the chat state
int BotLoadChatFile(int chatstate, char *chatfile, char *chatname);
//store the gender of the bot in the chat state
void BotSetChatGender(int chatstate, int gender);
//store the bot name in the chat state
void BotSetChatName(int chatstate, char *name, int client);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_gen.c
*
* desc: genetic selection
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_ai_gen.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_ai_gen.h"
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int GeneticSelection(int numranks, float *rankings)
{
float sum, select;
int i, index;
sum = 0;
for (i = 0; i < numranks; i++)
{
if (rankings[i] < 0) continue;
sum += rankings[i];
} //end for
if (sum > 0)
{
//select a bot where the ones with the higest rankings have
//the highest chance of being selected
select = random() * sum;
for (i = 0; i < numranks; i++)
{
if (rankings[i] < 0) continue;
sum -= rankings[i];
if (sum <= 0) return i;
} //end for
} //end if
//select a bot randomly
index = random() * numranks;
for (i = 0; i < numranks; i++)
{
if (rankings[index] >= 0) return index;
index = (index + 1) % numranks;
} //end for
return 0;
} //end of the function GeneticSelection
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int GeneticParentsAndChildSelection(int numranks, float *ranks, int *parent1, int *parent2, int *child)
{
float rankings[256], max;
int i;
if (numranks > 256)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_WARNING, "GeneticParentsAndChildSelection: too many bots\n");
*parent1 = *parent2 = *child = 0;
return qfalse;
} //end if
for (max = 0, i = 0; i < numranks; i++)
{
if (ranks[i] < 0) continue;
max++;
} //end for
if (max < 3)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_WARNING, "GeneticParentsAndChildSelection: too few valid bots\n");
*parent1 = *parent2 = *child = 0;
return qfalse;
} //end if
Com_Memcpy(rankings, ranks, sizeof(float) * numranks);
//select first parent
*parent1 = GeneticSelection(numranks, rankings);
rankings[*parent1] = -1;
//select second parent
*parent2 = GeneticSelection(numranks, rankings);
rankings[*parent2] = -1;
//reverse the rankings
max = 0;
for (i = 0; i < numranks; i++)
{
if (rankings[i] < 0) continue;
if (rankings[i] > max) max = rankings[i];
} //end for
for (i = 0; i < numranks; i++)
{
if (rankings[i] < 0) continue;
rankings[i] = max - rankings[i];
} //end for
//select child
*child = GeneticSelection(numranks, rankings);
return qtrue;
} //end of the function GeneticParentsAndChildSelection

View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_gen.h
*
* desc: genetic selection
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_ai_gen.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
int GeneticParentsAndChildSelection(int numranks, float *ranks, int *parent1, int *parent2, int *child);

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_goal.h
*
* desc: goal AI
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_ai_goal.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#define MAX_AVOIDGOALS 256
#define MAX_GOALSTACK 8
#define GFL_NONE 0
#define GFL_ITEM 1
#define GFL_ROAM 2
#define GFL_DROPPED 4
//a bot goal
typedef struct bot_goal_s
{
vec3_t origin; //origin of the goal
int areanum; //area number of the goal
vec3_t mins, maxs; //mins and maxs of the goal
int entitynum; //number of the goal entity
int number; //goal number
int flags; //goal flags
int iteminfo; //item information
} bot_goal_t;
//reset the whole goal state, but keep the item weights
void BotResetGoalState(int goalstate);
//reset avoid goals
void BotResetAvoidGoals(int goalstate);
//remove the goal with the given number from the avoid goals
void BotRemoveFromAvoidGoals(int goalstate, int number);
//push a goal onto the goal stack
void BotPushGoal(int goalstate, bot_goal_t *goal);
//pop a goal from the goal stack
void BotPopGoal(int goalstate);
//empty the bot's goal stack
void BotEmptyGoalStack(int goalstate);
//dump the avoid goals
void BotDumpAvoidGoals(int goalstate);
//dump the goal stack
void BotDumpGoalStack(int goalstate);
//get the name name of the goal with the given number
void BotGoalName(int number, char *name, int size);
//get the top goal from the stack
int BotGetTopGoal(int goalstate, bot_goal_t *goal);
//get the second goal on the stack
int BotGetSecondGoal(int goalstate, bot_goal_t *goal);
//choose the best long term goal item for the bot
int BotChooseLTGItem(int goalstate, vec3_t origin, int *inventory, int travelflags);
//choose the best nearby goal item for the bot
//the item may not be further away from the current bot position than maxtime
//also the travel time from the nearby goal towards the long term goal may not
//be larger than the travel time towards the long term goal from the current bot position
int BotChooseNBGItem(int goalstate, vec3_t origin, int *inventory, int travelflags,
bot_goal_t *ltg, float maxtime);
//returns true if the bot touches the goal
int BotTouchingGoal(vec3_t origin, bot_goal_t *goal);
//returns true if the goal should be visible but isn't
int BotItemGoalInVisButNotVisible(int viewer, vec3_t eye, vec3_t viewangles, bot_goal_t *goal);
//search for a goal for the given classname, the index can be used
//as a start point for the search when multiple goals are available with that same classname
int BotGetLevelItemGoal(int index, char *classname, bot_goal_t *goal);
//get the next camp spot in the map
int BotGetNextCampSpotGoal(int num, bot_goal_t *goal);
//get the map location with the given name
int BotGetMapLocationGoal(char *name, bot_goal_t *goal);
//returns the avoid goal time
float BotAvoidGoalTime(int goalstate, int number);
//set the avoid goal time
void BotSetAvoidGoalTime(int goalstate, int number, float avoidtime);
//initializes the items in the level
void BotInitLevelItems(void);
//regularly update dynamic entity items (dropped weapons, flags etc.)
void BotUpdateEntityItems(void);
//interbreed the goal fuzzy logic
void BotInterbreedGoalFuzzyLogic(int parent1, int parent2, int child);
//save the goal fuzzy logic to disk
void BotSaveGoalFuzzyLogic(int goalstate, char *filename);
//mutate the goal fuzzy logic
void BotMutateGoalFuzzyLogic(int goalstate, float range);
//loads item weights for the bot
int BotLoadItemWeights(int goalstate, char *filename);
//frees the item weights of the bot
void BotFreeItemWeights(int goalstate);
//returns the handle of a newly allocated goal state
int BotAllocGoalState(int client);
//free the given goal state
void BotFreeGoalState(int handle);
//setup the goal AI
int BotSetupGoalAI(void);
//shut down the goal AI
void BotShutdownGoalAI(void);

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_move.h
*
* desc: movement AI
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_ai_move.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
//movement types
#define MOVE_WALK 1
#define MOVE_CROUCH 2
#define MOVE_JUMP 4
#define MOVE_GRAPPLE 8
#define MOVE_ROCKETJUMP 16
#define MOVE_BFGJUMP 32
//move flags
#define MFL_BARRIERJUMP 1 //bot is performing a barrier jump
#define MFL_ONGROUND 2 //bot is in the ground
#define MFL_SWIMMING 4 //bot is swimming
#define MFL_AGAINSTLADDER 8 //bot is against a ladder
#define MFL_WATERJUMP 16 //bot is waterjumping
#define MFL_TELEPORTED 32 //bot is being teleported
#define MFL_GRAPPLEPULL 64 //bot is being pulled by the grapple
#define MFL_ACTIVEGRAPPLE 128 //bot is using the grapple hook
#define MFL_GRAPPLERESET 256 //bot has reset the grapple
#define MFL_WALK 512 //bot should walk slowly
// move result flags
#define MOVERESULT_MOVEMENTVIEW 1 //bot uses view for movement
#define MOVERESULT_SWIMVIEW 2 //bot uses view for swimming
#define MOVERESULT_WAITING 4 //bot is waiting for something
#define MOVERESULT_MOVEMENTVIEWSET 8 //bot has set the view in movement code
#define MOVERESULT_MOVEMENTWEAPON 16 //bot uses weapon for movement
#define MOVERESULT_ONTOPOFOBSTACLE 32 //bot is ontop of obstacle
#define MOVERESULT_ONTOPOF_FUNCBOB 64 //bot is ontop of a func_bobbing
#define MOVERESULT_ONTOPOF_ELEVATOR 128 //bot is ontop of an elevator (func_plat)
#define MOVERESULT_BLOCKEDBYAVOIDSPOT 256 //bot is blocked by an avoid spot
//
#define MAX_AVOIDREACH 1
#define MAX_AVOIDSPOTS 32
// avoid spot types
#define AVOID_CLEAR 0 //clear all avoid spots
#define AVOID_ALWAYS 1 //avoid always
#define AVOID_DONTBLOCK 2 //never totally block
// restult types
#define RESULTTYPE_ELEVATORUP 1 //elevator is up
#define RESULTTYPE_WAITFORFUNCBOBBING 2 //waiting for func bobbing to arrive
#define RESULTTYPE_BADGRAPPLEPATH 4 //grapple path is obstructed
#define RESULTTYPE_INSOLIDAREA 8 //stuck in solid area, this is bad
//structure used to initialize the movement state
//the or_moveflags MFL_ONGROUND, MFL_TELEPORTED and MFL_WATERJUMP come from the playerstate
typedef struct bot_initmove_s
{
vec3_t origin; //origin of the bot
vec3_t velocity; //velocity of the bot
vec3_t viewoffset; //view offset
int entitynum; //entity number of the bot
int client; //client number of the bot
float thinktime; //time the bot thinks
int presencetype; //presencetype of the bot
vec3_t viewangles; //view angles of the bot
int or_moveflags; //values ored to the movement flags
} bot_initmove_t;
//NOTE: the ideal_viewangles are only valid if MFL_MOVEMENTVIEW is set
typedef struct bot_moveresult_s
{
int failure; //true if movement failed all together
int type; //failure or blocked type
int blocked; //true if blocked by an entity
int blockentity; //entity blocking the bot
int traveltype; //last executed travel type
int flags; //result flags
int weapon; //weapon used for movement
vec3_t movedir; //movement direction
vec3_t ideal_viewangles; //ideal viewangles for the movement
} bot_moveresult_t;
#define bot_moveresult_t_cleared(x) bot_moveresult_t (x) = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0}}
typedef struct bot_avoidspot_s
{
vec3_t origin;
float radius;
int type;
} bot_avoidspot_t;
//resets the whole move state
void BotResetMoveState(int movestate);
//moves the bot to the given goal
void BotMoveToGoal(bot_moveresult_t *result, int movestate, bot_goal_t *goal, int travelflags);
//moves the bot in the specified direction using the specified type of movement
int BotMoveInDirection(int movestate, vec3_t dir, float speed, int type);
//reset avoid reachability
void BotResetAvoidReach(int movestate);
//resets the last avoid reachability
void BotResetLastAvoidReach(int movestate);
//returns a reachability area if the origin is in one
int BotReachabilityArea(vec3_t origin, int client);
//view target based on movement
int BotMovementViewTarget(int movestate, bot_goal_t *goal, int travelflags, float lookahead, vec3_t target);
//predict the position of a player based on movement towards a goal
int BotPredictVisiblePosition(vec3_t origin, int areanum, bot_goal_t *goal, int travelflags, vec3_t target);
//returns the handle of a newly allocated movestate
int BotAllocMoveState(void);
//frees the movestate with the given handle
void BotFreeMoveState(int handle);
//initialize movement state before performing any movement
void BotInitMoveState(int handle, bot_initmove_t *initmove);
//add a spot to avoid (if type == AVOID_CLEAR all spots are removed)
void BotAddAvoidSpot(int movestate, vec3_t origin, float radius, int type);
//must be called every map change
void BotSetBrushModelTypes(void);
//setup movement AI
int BotSetupMoveAI(void);
//shutdown movement AI
void BotShutdownMoveAI(void);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_weap.c
*
* desc: weapon AI
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_ai_weap.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_ai_weight.h" //fuzzy weights
#include "be_ai_weap.h"
//#define DEBUG_AI_WEAP
//structure field offsets
#define WEAPON_OFS(x) (size_t)&(((weaponinfo_t *)0)->x)
#define PROJECTILE_OFS(x) (size_t)&(((projectileinfo_t *)0)->x)
//weapon definition
static fielddef_t weaponinfo_fields[] =
{
{"number", WEAPON_OFS(number), FT_INT}, //weapon number
{"name", WEAPON_OFS(name), FT_STRING}, //name of the weapon
{"level", WEAPON_OFS(level), FT_INT},
{"model", WEAPON_OFS(model), FT_STRING}, //model of the weapon
{"weaponindex", WEAPON_OFS(weaponindex), FT_INT}, //index of weapon in inventory
{"flags", WEAPON_OFS(flags), FT_INT}, //special flags
{"projectile", WEAPON_OFS(projectile), FT_STRING}, //projectile used by the weapon
{"numprojectiles", WEAPON_OFS(numprojectiles), FT_INT}, //number of projectiles
{"hspread", WEAPON_OFS(hspread), FT_FLOAT}, //horizontal spread of projectiles (degrees from middle)
{"vspread", WEAPON_OFS(vspread), FT_FLOAT}, //vertical spread of projectiles (degrees from middle)
{"speed", WEAPON_OFS(speed), FT_FLOAT}, //speed of the projectile (0 = instant hit)
{"acceleration", WEAPON_OFS(acceleration), FT_FLOAT}, //"acceleration" * time (in seconds) + "speed" = projectile speed
{"recoil", WEAPON_OFS(recoil), FT_FLOAT|FT_ARRAY, 3}, //amount of recoil the player gets from the weapon
{"offset", WEAPON_OFS(offset), FT_FLOAT|FT_ARRAY, 3}, //projectile start offset relative to eye and view angles
{"angleoffset", WEAPON_OFS(angleoffset), FT_FLOAT|FT_ARRAY, 3},//offset of the shoot angles relative to the view angles
{"extrazvelocity", WEAPON_OFS(extrazvelocity), FT_FLOAT},//extra z velocity the projectile gets
{"ammoamount", WEAPON_OFS(ammoamount), FT_INT}, //ammo amount used per shot
{"ammoindex", WEAPON_OFS(ammoindex), FT_INT}, //index of ammo in inventory
{"activate", WEAPON_OFS(activate), FT_FLOAT}, //time it takes to select the weapon
{"reload", WEAPON_OFS(reload), FT_FLOAT}, //time it takes to reload the weapon
{"spinup", WEAPON_OFS(spinup), FT_FLOAT}, //time it takes before first shot
{"spindown", WEAPON_OFS(spindown), FT_FLOAT}, //time it takes before weapon stops firing
{NULL, 0, 0, 0}
};
//projectile definition
static fielddef_t projectileinfo_fields[] =
{
{"name", PROJECTILE_OFS(name), FT_STRING}, //name of the projectile
{"model", WEAPON_OFS(model), FT_STRING}, //model of the projectile
{"flags", PROJECTILE_OFS(flags), FT_INT}, //special flags
{"gravity", PROJECTILE_OFS(gravity), FT_FLOAT}, //amount of gravity applied to the projectile [0,1]
{"damage", PROJECTILE_OFS(damage), FT_INT}, //damage of the projectile
{"radius", PROJECTILE_OFS(radius), FT_FLOAT}, //radius of damage
{"visdamage", PROJECTILE_OFS(visdamage), FT_INT}, //damage of the projectile to visible entities
{"damagetype", PROJECTILE_OFS(damagetype), FT_INT}, //type of damage (combination of the DAMAGETYPE_? flags)
{"healthinc", PROJECTILE_OFS(healthinc), FT_INT}, //health increase the owner gets
{"push", PROJECTILE_OFS(push), FT_FLOAT}, //amount a player is pushed away from the projectile impact
{"detonation", PROJECTILE_OFS(detonation), FT_FLOAT}, //time before projectile explodes after fire pressed
{"bounce", PROJECTILE_OFS(bounce), FT_FLOAT}, //amount the projectile bounces
{"bouncefric", PROJECTILE_OFS(bouncefric), FT_FLOAT}, //amount the bounce decreases per bounce
{"bouncestop", PROJECTILE_OFS(bouncestop), FT_FLOAT}, //minimum bounce value before bouncing stops
//recurive projectile definition??
{NULL, 0, 0, 0}
};
static structdef_t weaponinfo_struct =
{
sizeof(weaponinfo_t), weaponinfo_fields
};
static structdef_t projectileinfo_struct =
{
sizeof(projectileinfo_t), projectileinfo_fields
};
//weapon configuration: set of weapons with projectiles
typedef struct weaponconfig_s
{
int numweapons;
int numprojectiles;
projectileinfo_t *projectileinfo;
weaponinfo_t *weaponinfo;
} weaponconfig_t;
//the bot weapon state
typedef struct bot_weaponstate_s
{
struct weightconfig_s *weaponweightconfig; //weapon weight configuration
int *weaponweightindex; //weapon weight index
} bot_weaponstate_t;
static bot_weaponstate_t *botweaponstates[MAX_CLIENTS+1];
static weaponconfig_t *weaponconfig;
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
int BotValidWeaponNumber(int weaponnum)
{
if (weaponnum <= 0 || weaponnum > weaponconfig->numweapons)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "weapon number out of range\n");
return qfalse;
} //end if
return qtrue;
} //end of the function BotValidWeaponNumber
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
bot_weaponstate_t *BotWeaponStateFromHandle(int handle)
{
if (handle <= 0 || handle > MAX_CLIENTS)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "move state handle %d out of range\n", handle);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (!botweaponstates[handle])
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "invalid move state %d\n", handle);
return NULL;
} //end if
return botweaponstates[handle];
} //end of the function BotWeaponStateFromHandle
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
#ifdef DEBUG_AI_WEAP
void DumpWeaponConfig(weaponconfig_t *wc)
{
FILE *fp;
int i;
fp = Log_FileStruct();
if (!fp) return;
for (i = 0; i < wc->numprojectiles; i++)
{
WriteStructure(fp, &projectileinfo_struct, (char *) &wc->projectileinfo[i]);
Log_Flush();
} //end for
for (i = 0; i < wc->numweapons; i++)
{
WriteStructure(fp, &weaponinfo_struct, (char *) &wc->weaponinfo[i]);
Log_Flush();
} //end for
} //end of the function DumpWeaponConfig
#endif //DEBUG_AI_WEAP
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
weaponconfig_t *LoadWeaponConfig(char *filename)
{
int max_weaponinfo, max_projectileinfo;
token_t token;
char path[MAX_PATH];
int i, j;
source_t *source;
weaponconfig_t *wc;
weaponinfo_t weaponinfo;
max_weaponinfo = (int) LibVarValue("max_weaponinfo", "32");
if (max_weaponinfo < 0)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "max_weaponinfo = %d\n", max_weaponinfo);
max_weaponinfo = 32;
LibVarSet("max_weaponinfo", "32");
} //end if
max_projectileinfo = (int) LibVarValue("max_projectileinfo", "32");
if (max_projectileinfo < 0)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "max_projectileinfo = %d\n", max_projectileinfo);
max_projectileinfo = 32;
LibVarSet("max_projectileinfo", "32");
} //end if
strncpy(path, filename, MAX_PATH);
PC_SetBaseFolder(BOTFILESBASEFOLDER);
source = LoadSourceFile(path);
if (!source)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "counldn't load %s\n", path);
return NULL;
} //end if
//initialize weapon config
wc = (weaponconfig_t *) GetClearedHunkMemory(sizeof(weaponconfig_t) +
max_weaponinfo * sizeof(weaponinfo_t) +
max_projectileinfo * sizeof(projectileinfo_t));
wc->weaponinfo = (weaponinfo_t *) ((char *) wc + sizeof(weaponconfig_t));
wc->projectileinfo = (projectileinfo_t *) ((char *) wc->weaponinfo +
max_weaponinfo * sizeof(weaponinfo_t));
wc->numweapons = max_weaponinfo;
wc->numprojectiles = 0;
//parse the source file
while(PC_ReadToken(source, &token))
{
if (!strcmp(token.string, "weaponinfo"))
{
Com_Memset(&weaponinfo, 0, sizeof(weaponinfo_t));
if (!ReadStructure(source, &weaponinfo_struct, (char *) &weaponinfo))
{
FreeMemory(wc);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (weaponinfo.number < 0 || weaponinfo.number >= max_weaponinfo)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "weapon info number %d out of range in %s\n", weaponinfo.number, path);
FreeMemory(wc);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
Com_Memcpy(&wc->weaponinfo[weaponinfo.number], &weaponinfo, sizeof(weaponinfo_t));
wc->weaponinfo[weaponinfo.number].valid = qtrue;
} //end if
else if (!strcmp(token.string, "projectileinfo"))
{
if (wc->numprojectiles >= max_projectileinfo)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "more than %d projectiles defined in %s\n", max_projectileinfo, path);
FreeMemory(wc);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
Com_Memset(&wc->projectileinfo[wc->numprojectiles], 0, sizeof(projectileinfo_t));
if (!ReadStructure(source, &projectileinfo_struct, (char *) &wc->projectileinfo[wc->numprojectiles]))
{
FreeMemory(wc);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
wc->numprojectiles++;
} //end if
else
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "unknown definition %s in %s\n", token.string, path);
FreeMemory(wc);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end else
} //end while
FreeSource(source);
//fix up weapons
for (i = 0; i < wc->numweapons; i++)
{
if (!wc->weaponinfo[i].valid) continue;
if (!wc->weaponinfo[i].name[0])
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "weapon %d has no name in %s\n", i, path);
FreeMemory(wc);
return NULL;
} //end if
if (!wc->weaponinfo[i].projectile[0])
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "weapon %s has no projectile in %s\n", wc->weaponinfo[i].name, path);
FreeMemory(wc);
return NULL;
} //end if
//find the projectile info and copy it to the weapon info
for (j = 0; j < wc->numprojectiles; j++)
{
if (!strcmp(wc->projectileinfo[j].name, wc->weaponinfo[i].projectile))
{
Com_Memcpy(&wc->weaponinfo[i].proj, &wc->projectileinfo[j], sizeof(projectileinfo_t));
break;
} //end if
} //end for
if (j == wc->numprojectiles)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "weapon %s uses undefined projectile in %s\n", wc->weaponinfo[i].name, path);
FreeMemory(wc);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end for
if (!wc->numweapons) botimport.Print(PRT_WARNING, "no weapon info loaded\n");
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded %s\n", path);
return wc;
} //end of the function LoadWeaponConfig
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int *WeaponWeightIndex(weightconfig_t *wwc, weaponconfig_t *wc)
{
int *index, i;
//initialize item weight index
index = (int *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(int) * wc->numweapons);
for (i = 0; i < wc->numweapons; i++)
{
index[i] = FindFuzzyWeight(wwc, wc->weaponinfo[i].name);
} //end for
return index;
} //end of the function WeaponWeightIndex
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotFreeWeaponWeights(int weaponstate)
{
bot_weaponstate_t *ws;
ws = BotWeaponStateFromHandle(weaponstate);
if (!ws) return;
if (ws->weaponweightconfig) FreeWeightConfig(ws->weaponweightconfig);
if (ws->weaponweightindex) FreeMemory(ws->weaponweightindex);
} //end of the function BotFreeWeaponWeights
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotLoadWeaponWeights(int weaponstate, char *filename)
{
bot_weaponstate_t *ws;
ws = BotWeaponStateFromHandle(weaponstate);
if (!ws) return BLERR_CANNOTLOADWEAPONWEIGHTS;
BotFreeWeaponWeights(weaponstate);
//
ws->weaponweightconfig = ReadWeightConfig(filename);
if (!ws->weaponweightconfig)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "couldn't load weapon config %s\n", filename);
return BLERR_CANNOTLOADWEAPONWEIGHTS;
} //end if
if (!weaponconfig) return BLERR_CANNOTLOADWEAPONCONFIG;
ws->weaponweightindex = WeaponWeightIndex(ws->weaponweightconfig, weaponconfig);
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function BotLoadWeaponWeights
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotGetWeaponInfo(int weaponstate, int weapon, weaponinfo_t *weaponinfo)
{
bot_weaponstate_t *ws;
if (!BotValidWeaponNumber(weapon)) return;
ws = BotWeaponStateFromHandle(weaponstate);
if (!ws) return;
if (!weaponconfig) return;
Com_Memcpy(weaponinfo, &weaponconfig->weaponinfo[weapon], sizeof(weaponinfo_t));
} //end of the function BotGetWeaponInfo
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotChooseBestFightWeapon(int weaponstate, int *inventory)
{
int i, index, bestweapon;
float weight, bestweight;
weaponconfig_t *wc;
bot_weaponstate_t *ws;
ws = BotWeaponStateFromHandle(weaponstate);
if (!ws) return 0;
wc = weaponconfig;
if (!weaponconfig) return 0;
//if the bot has no weapon weight configuration
if (!ws->weaponweightconfig) return 0;
bestweight = 0;
bestweapon = 0;
for (i = 0; i < wc->numweapons; i++)
{
if (!wc->weaponinfo[i].valid) continue;
index = ws->weaponweightindex[i];
if (index < 0) continue;
weight = FuzzyWeight(inventory, ws->weaponweightconfig, index);
if (weight > bestweight)
{
bestweight = weight;
bestweapon = i;
} //end if
} //end for
return bestweapon;
} //end of the function BotChooseBestFightWeapon
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotResetWeaponState(int weaponstate)
{
struct weightconfig_s *weaponweightconfig;
int *weaponweightindex;
bot_weaponstate_t *ws;
ws = BotWeaponStateFromHandle(weaponstate);
if (!ws) return;
weaponweightconfig = ws->weaponweightconfig;
weaponweightindex = ws->weaponweightindex;
//Com_Memset(ws, 0, sizeof(bot_weaponstate_t));
ws->weaponweightconfig = weaponweightconfig;
ws->weaponweightindex = weaponweightindex;
} //end of the function BotResetWeaponState
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
int BotAllocWeaponState(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 1; i <= MAX_CLIENTS; i++)
{
if (!botweaponstates[i])
{
botweaponstates[i] = GetClearedMemory(sizeof(bot_weaponstate_t));
return i;
} //end if
} //end for
return 0;
} //end of the function BotAllocWeaponState
//========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//========================================================================
void BotFreeWeaponState(int handle)
{
if (handle <= 0 || handle > MAX_CLIENTS)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "move state handle %d out of range\n", handle);
return;
} //end if
if (!botweaponstates[handle])
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "invalid move state %d\n", handle);
return;
} //end if
BotFreeWeaponWeights(handle);
FreeMemory(botweaponstates[handle]);
botweaponstates[handle] = NULL;
} //end of the function BotFreeWeaponState
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int BotSetupWeaponAI(void)
{
char *file;
file = LibVarString("weaponconfig", "weapons.c");
weaponconfig = LoadWeaponConfig(file);
if (!weaponconfig)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_FATAL, "couldn't load the weapon config\n");
return BLERR_CANNOTLOADWEAPONCONFIG;
} //end if
#ifdef DEBUG_AI_WEAP
DumpWeaponConfig(weaponconfig);
#endif //DEBUG_AI_WEAP
//
return BLERR_NOERROR;
} //end of the function BotSetupWeaponAI
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotShutdownWeaponAI(void)
{
int i;
if (weaponconfig) FreeMemory(weaponconfig);
weaponconfig = NULL;
for (i = 1; i <= MAX_CLIENTS; i++)
{
if (botweaponstates[i])
{
BotFreeWeaponState(i);
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function BotShutdownWeaponAI

View file

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
//
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_weap.h
*
* desc: weapon AI
*
* $Archive: /source/code/botlib/be_ai_weap.h $
*
*****************************************************************************/
//projectile flags
#define PFL_WINDOWDAMAGE 1 //projectile damages through window
#define PFL_RETURN 2 //set when projectile returns to owner
//weapon flags
#define WFL_FIRERELEASED 1 //set when projectile is fired with key-up event
//damage types
#define DAMAGETYPE_IMPACT 1 //damage on impact
#define DAMAGETYPE_RADIAL 2 //radial damage
#define DAMAGETYPE_VISIBLE 4 //damage to all entities visible to the projectile
typedef struct projectileinfo_s
{
char name[MAX_STRINGFIELD];
char model[MAX_STRINGFIELD];
int flags;
float gravity;
int damage;
float radius;
int visdamage;
int damagetype;
int healthinc;
float push;
float detonation;
float bounce;
float bouncefric;
float bouncestop;
} projectileinfo_t;
typedef struct weaponinfo_s
{
int valid; //true if the weapon info is valid
int number; //number of the weapon
char name[MAX_STRINGFIELD];
char model[MAX_STRINGFIELD];
int level;
int weaponindex;
int flags;
char projectile[MAX_STRINGFIELD];
int numprojectiles;
float hspread;
float vspread;
float speed;
float acceleration;
vec3_t recoil;
vec3_t offset;
vec3_t angleoffset;
float extrazvelocity;
int ammoamount;
int ammoindex;
float activate;
float reload;
float spinup;
float spindown;
projectileinfo_t proj; //pointer to the used projectile
} weaponinfo_t;
//setup the weapon AI
int BotSetupWeaponAI(void);
//shut down the weapon AI
void BotShutdownWeaponAI(void);
//returns the best weapon to fight with
int BotChooseBestFightWeapon(int weaponstate, int *inventory);
//returns the information of the current weapon
void BotGetWeaponInfo(int weaponstate, int weapon, weaponinfo_t *weaponinfo);
//loads the weapon weights
int BotLoadWeaponWeights(int weaponstate, char *filename);
//returns a handle to a newly allocated weapon state
int BotAllocWeaponState(void);
//frees the weapon state
void BotFreeWeaponState(int weaponstate);
//resets the whole weapon state
void BotResetWeaponState(int weaponstate);

View file

@ -0,0 +1,918 @@
/*
===========================================================================
Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Id Software, Inc.
This file is part of Quake III Arena source code.
Quake III Arena source code is free software; you can redistribute it
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
Quake III Arena source code is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Quake III Arena source code; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
===========================================================================
*/
/*****************************************************************************
* name: be_ai_weight.c
*
* desc: fuzzy logic
*
* $Archive: /MissionPack/code/botlib/be_ai_weight.c $
*
*****************************************************************************/
#include "../qcommon/q_shared.h"
#include "l_memory.h"
#include "l_log.h"
#include "l_utils.h"
#include "l_script.h"
#include "l_precomp.h"
#include "l_struct.h"
#include "l_libvar.h"
#include "aasfile.h"
#include "botlib.h"
#include "be_aas.h"
#include "be_aas_funcs.h"
#include "be_interface.h"
#include "be_ai_weight.h"
#define MAX_INVENTORYVALUE 999999
#define EVALUATERECURSIVELY
#define MAX_WEIGHT_FILES 128
weightconfig_t *weightFileList[MAX_WEIGHT_FILES];
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int ReadValue(source_t *source, float *value)
{
token_t token;
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token)) return qfalse;
if (!strcmp(token.string, "-"))
{
SourceWarning(source, "negative value set to zero\n");
if (!PC_ExpectTokenType(source, TT_NUMBER, 0, &token)) return qfalse;
} //end if
if (token.type != TT_NUMBER)
{
SourceError(source, "invalid return value %s\n", token.string);
return qfalse;
} //end if
*value = token.floatvalue;
return qtrue;
} //end of the function ReadValue
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int ReadFuzzyWeight(source_t *source, fuzzyseperator_t *fs)
{
if (PC_CheckTokenString(source, "balance"))
{
fs->type = WT_BALANCE;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, "(")) return qfalse;
if (!ReadValue(source, &fs->weight)) return qfalse;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, ",")) return qfalse;
if (!ReadValue(source, &fs->minweight)) return qfalse;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, ",")) return qfalse;
if (!ReadValue(source, &fs->maxweight)) return qfalse;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, ")")) return qfalse;
} //end if
else
{
fs->type = 0;
if (!ReadValue(source, &fs->weight)) return qfalse;
fs->minweight = fs->weight;
fs->maxweight = fs->weight;
} //end if
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, ";")) return qfalse;
return qtrue;
} //end of the function ReadFuzzyWeight
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void FreeFuzzySeperators_r(fuzzyseperator_t *fs)
{
if (!fs) return;
if (fs->child) FreeFuzzySeperators_r(fs->child);
if (fs->next) FreeFuzzySeperators_r(fs->next);
FreeMemory(fs);
} //end of the function FreeFuzzySeperators
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void FreeWeightConfig2(weightconfig_t *config)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < config->numweights; i++)
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(config->weights[i].firstseperator);
if (config->weights[i].name) FreeMemory(config->weights[i].name);
} //end for
FreeMemory(config);
} //end of the function FreeWeightConfig2
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void FreeWeightConfig(weightconfig_t *config)
{
if (!LibVarGetValue("bot_reloadcharacters")) return;
FreeWeightConfig2(config);
} //end of the function FreeWeightConfig
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
fuzzyseperator_t *ReadFuzzySeperators_r(source_t *source)
{
int newindent, index, def, founddefault;
token_t token;
fuzzyseperator_t *fs, *lastfs, *firstfs;
founddefault = qfalse;
firstfs = NULL;
lastfs = NULL;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, "(")) return NULL;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenType(source, TT_NUMBER, TT_INTEGER, &token)) return NULL;
index = token.intvalue;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, ")")) return NULL;
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, "{")) return NULL;
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token)) return NULL;
do
{
def = !strcmp(token.string, "default");
if (def || !strcmp(token.string, "case"))
{
fs = (fuzzyseperator_t *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(fuzzyseperator_t));
fs->index = index;
if (lastfs) lastfs->next = fs;
else firstfs = fs;
lastfs = fs;
if (def)
{
if (founddefault)
{
SourceError(source, "switch already has a default\n");
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
fs->value = MAX_INVENTORYVALUE;
founddefault = qtrue;
} //end if
else
{
if (!PC_ExpectTokenType(source, TT_NUMBER, TT_INTEGER, &token))
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
fs->value = token.intvalue;
} //end else
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, ":") || !PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
newindent = qfalse;
if (!strcmp(token.string, "{"))
{
newindent = qtrue;
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
if (!strcmp(token.string, "return"))
{
if (!ReadFuzzyWeight(source, fs))
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
else if (!strcmp(token.string, "switch"))
{
fs->child = ReadFuzzySeperators_r(source);
if (!fs->child)
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end else if
else
{
SourceError(source, "invalid name %s\n", token.string);
return NULL;
} //end else
if (newindent)
{
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, "}"))
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
} //end if
else
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
SourceError(source, "invalid name %s\n", token.string);
return NULL;
} //end else
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeFuzzySeperators_r(firstfs);
return NULL;
} //end if
} while(strcmp(token.string, "}"));
//
if (!founddefault)
{
SourceWarning(source, "switch without default\n");
fs = (fuzzyseperator_t *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(fuzzyseperator_t));
fs->index = index;
fs->value = MAX_INVENTORYVALUE;
fs->weight = 0;
fs->next = NULL;
fs->child = NULL;
if (lastfs) lastfs->next = fs;
else firstfs = fs;
lastfs = fs;
} //end if
//
return firstfs;
} //end of the function ReadFuzzySeperators_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
weightconfig_t *ReadWeightConfig(char *filename)
{
int newindent, avail = 0, n;
token_t token;
source_t *source;
fuzzyseperator_t *fs;
weightconfig_t *config = NULL;
#ifdef DEBUG
int starttime;
starttime = Sys_MilliSeconds();
#endif //DEBUG
if (!LibVarGetValue("bot_reloadcharacters"))
{
avail = -1;
for( n = 0; n < MAX_WEIGHT_FILES; n++ )
{
config = weightFileList[n];
if( !config )
{
if( avail == -1 )
{
avail = n;
} //end if
continue;
} //end if
if( strcmp( filename, config->filename ) == 0 )
{
//botimport.Print( PRT_MESSAGE, "retained %s\n", filename );
return config;
} //end if
} //end for
if( avail == -1 )
{
botimport.Print( PRT_ERROR, "weightFileList was full trying to load %s\n", filename );
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
PC_SetBaseFolder(BOTFILESBASEFOLDER);
source = LoadSourceFile(filename);
if (!source)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "counldn't load %s\n", filename);
return NULL;
} //end if
//
config = (weightconfig_t *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(weightconfig_t));
config->numweights = 0;
Q_strncpyz( config->filename, filename, sizeof(config->filename) );
//parse the item config file
while(PC_ReadToken(source, &token))
{
if (!strcmp(token.string, "weight"))
{
if (config->numweights >= MAX_WEIGHTS)
{
SourceWarning(source, "too many fuzzy weights\n");
break;
} //end if
if (!PC_ExpectTokenType(source, TT_STRING, 0, &token))
{
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
StripDoubleQuotes(token.string);
config->weights[config->numweights].name = (char *) GetClearedMemory(strlen(token.string) + 1);
strcpy(config->weights[config->numweights].name, token.string);
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
newindent = qfalse;
if (!strcmp(token.string, "{"))
{
newindent = qtrue;
if (!PC_ExpectAnyToken(source, &token))
{
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
if (!strcmp(token.string, "switch"))
{
fs = ReadFuzzySeperators_r(source);
if (!fs)
{
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
config->weights[config->numweights].firstseperator = fs;
} //end if
else if (!strcmp(token.string, "return"))
{
fs = (fuzzyseperator_t *) GetClearedMemory(sizeof(fuzzyseperator_t));
fs->index = 0;
fs->value = MAX_INVENTORYVALUE;
fs->next = NULL;
fs->child = NULL;
if (!ReadFuzzyWeight(source, fs))
{
FreeMemory(fs);
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
config->weights[config->numweights].firstseperator = fs;
} //end else if
else
{
SourceError(source, "invalid name %s\n", token.string);
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end else
if (newindent)
{
if (!PC_ExpectTokenString(source, "}"))
{
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end if
} //end if
config->numweights++;
} //end if
else
{
SourceError(source, "invalid name %s\n", token.string);
FreeWeightConfig(config);
FreeSource(source);
return NULL;
} //end else
} //end while
//free the source at the end of a pass
FreeSource(source);
//if the file was located in a pak file
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "loaded %s\n", filename);
#ifdef DEBUG
if (bot_developer)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_MESSAGE, "weights loaded in %d msec\n", Sys_MilliSeconds() - starttime);
} //end if
#endif //DEBUG
//
if (!LibVarGetValue("bot_reloadcharacters"))
{
weightFileList[avail] = config;
} //end if
//
return config;
} //end of the function ReadWeightConfig
#if 0
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean WriteFuzzyWeight(FILE *fp, fuzzyseperator_t *fs)
{
if (fs->type == WT_BALANCE)
{
if (fprintf(fp, " return balance(") < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteFloat(fp, fs->weight)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, ",") < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteFloat(fp, fs->minweight)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, ",") < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteFloat(fp, fs->maxweight)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, ");\n") < 0) return qfalse;
} //end if
else
{
if (fprintf(fp, " return ") < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteFloat(fp, fs->weight)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, ";\n") < 0) return qfalse;
} //end else
return qtrue;
} //end of the function WriteFuzzyWeight
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean WriteFuzzySeperators_r(FILE *fp, fuzzyseperator_t *fs, int indent)
{
if (!WriteIndent(fp, indent)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, "switch(%d)\n", fs->index) < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteIndent(fp, indent)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, "{\n") < 0) return qfalse;
indent++;
do
{
if (!WriteIndent(fp, indent)) return qfalse;
if (fs->next)
{
if (fprintf(fp, "case %d:", fs->value) < 0) return qfalse;
} //end if
else
{
if (fprintf(fp, "default:") < 0) return qfalse;
} //end else
if (fs->child)
{
if (fprintf(fp, "\n") < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteIndent(fp, indent)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, "{\n") < 0) return qfalse;
if (!WriteFuzzySeperators_r(fp, fs->child, indent + 1)) return qfalse;
if (!WriteIndent(fp, indent)) return qfalse;
if (fs->next)
{
if (fprintf(fp, "} //end case\n") < 0) return qfalse;
} //end if
else
{
if (fprintf(fp, "} //end default\n") < 0) return qfalse;
} //end else
} //end if
else
{
if (!WriteFuzzyWeight(fp, fs)) return qfalse;
} //end else
fs = fs->next;
} while(fs);
indent--;
if (!WriteIndent(fp, indent)) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, "} //end switch\n") < 0) return qfalse;
return qtrue;
} //end of the function WriteItemFuzzyWeights_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
qboolean WriteWeightConfig(char *filename, weightconfig_t *config)
{
int i;
FILE *fp;
weight_t *ifw;
fp = fopen(filename, "wb");
if (!fp) return qfalse;
for (i = 0; i < config->numweights; i++)
{
ifw = &config->weights[i];
if (fprintf(fp, "\nweight \"%s\"\n", ifw->name) < 0) return qfalse;
if (fprintf(fp, "{\n") < 0) return qfalse;
if (ifw->firstseperator->index > 0)
{
if (!WriteFuzzySeperators_r(fp, ifw->firstseperator, 1)) return qfalse;
} //end if
else
{
if (!WriteIndent(fp, 1)) return qfalse;
if (!WriteFuzzyWeight(fp, ifw->firstseperator)) return qfalse;
} //end else
if (fprintf(fp, "} //end weight\n") < 0) return qfalse;
} //end for
fclose(fp);
return qtrue;
} //end of the function WriteWeightConfig
#endif
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int FindFuzzyWeight(weightconfig_t *wc, char *name)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < wc->numweights; i++)
{
if (!strcmp(wc->weights[i].name, name))
{
return i;
} //end if
} //end if
return -1;
} //end of the function FindFuzzyWeight
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float FuzzyWeight_r(int *inventory, fuzzyseperator_t *fs)
{
float scale, w1, w2;
if (inventory[fs->index] < fs->value)
{
if (fs->child) return FuzzyWeight_r(inventory, fs->child);
else return fs->weight;
} //end if
else if (fs->next)
{
if (inventory[fs->index] < fs->next->value)
{
//first weight
if (fs->child) w1 = FuzzyWeight_r(inventory, fs->child);
else w1 = fs->weight;
//second weight
if (fs->next->child) w2 = FuzzyWeight_r(inventory, fs->next->child);
else w2 = fs->next->weight;
//the scale factor
if(fs->next->value == MAX_INVENTORYVALUE) // is fs->next the default case?
return w2; // can't interpolate, return default weight
else
scale = (float) (inventory[fs->index] - fs->value) / (fs->next->value - fs->value);
//scale between the two weights
return (1 - scale) * w1 + scale * w2;
} //end if
return FuzzyWeight_r(inventory, fs->next);
} //end else if
return fs->weight;
} //end of the function FuzzyWeight_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float FuzzyWeightUndecided_r(int *inventory, fuzzyseperator_t *fs)
{
float scale, w1, w2;
if (inventory[fs->index] < fs->value)
{
if (fs->child) return FuzzyWeightUndecided_r(inventory, fs->child);
else return fs->minweight + random() * (fs->maxweight - fs->minweight);
} //end if
else if (fs->next)
{
if (inventory[fs->index] < fs->next->value)
{
//first weight
if (fs->child) w1 = FuzzyWeightUndecided_r(inventory, fs->child);
else w1 = fs->minweight + random() * (fs->maxweight - fs->minweight);
//second weight
if (fs->next->child) w2 = FuzzyWeight_r(inventory, fs->next->child);
else w2 = fs->next->minweight + random() * (fs->next->maxweight - fs->next->minweight);
//the scale factor
if(fs->next->value == MAX_INVENTORYVALUE) // is fs->next the default case?
return w2; // can't interpolate, return default weight
else
scale = (float) (inventory[fs->index] - fs->value) / (fs->next->value - fs->value);
//scale between the two weights
return (1 - scale) * w1 + scale * w2;
} //end if
return FuzzyWeightUndecided_r(inventory, fs->next);
} //end else if
return fs->weight;
} //end of the function FuzzyWeightUndecided_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float FuzzyWeight(int *inventory, weightconfig_t *wc, int weightnum)
{
#ifdef EVALUATERECURSIVELY
return FuzzyWeight_r(inventory, wc->weights[weightnum].firstseperator);
#else
fuzzyseperator_t *s;
s = wc->weights[weightnum].firstseperator;
if (!s) return 0;
while(1)
{
if (inventory[s->index] < s->value)
{
if (s->child) s = s->child;
else return s->weight;
} //end if
else
{
if (s->next) s = s->next;
else return s->weight;
} //end else
} //end if
return 0;
#endif
} //end of the function FuzzyWeight
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
float FuzzyWeightUndecided(int *inventory, weightconfig_t *wc, int weightnum)
{
#ifdef EVALUATERECURSIVELY
return FuzzyWeightUndecided_r(inventory, wc->weights[weightnum].firstseperator);
#else
fuzzyseperator_t *s;
s = wc->weights[weightnum].firstseperator;
if (!s) return 0;
while(1)
{
if (inventory[s->index] < s->value)
{
if (s->child) s = s->child;
else return s->minweight + random() * (s->maxweight - s->minweight);
} //end if
else
{
if (s->next) s = s->next;
else return s->minweight + random() * (s->maxweight - s->minweight);
} //end else
} //end if
return 0;
#endif
} //end of the function FuzzyWeightUndecided
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void EvolveFuzzySeperator_r(fuzzyseperator_t *fs)
{
if (fs->child)
{
EvolveFuzzySeperator_r(fs->child);
} //end if
else if (fs->type == WT_BALANCE)
{
//every once in a while an evolution leap occurs, mutation
if (random() < 0.01) fs->weight += crandom() * (fs->maxweight - fs->minweight);
else fs->weight += crandom() * (fs->maxweight - fs->minweight) * 0.5;
//modify bounds if necesary because of mutation
if (fs->weight < fs->minweight) fs->minweight = fs->weight;
else if (fs->weight > fs->maxweight) fs->maxweight = fs->weight;
} //end else if
if (fs->next) EvolveFuzzySeperator_r(fs->next);
} //end of the function EvolveFuzzySeperator_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void EvolveWeightConfig(weightconfig_t *config)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < config->numweights; i++)
{
EvolveFuzzySeperator_r(config->weights[i].firstseperator);
} //end for
} //end of the function EvolveWeightConfig
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void ScaleFuzzySeperator_r(fuzzyseperator_t *fs, float scale)
{
if (fs->child)
{
ScaleFuzzySeperator_r(fs->child, scale);
} //end if
else if (fs->type == WT_BALANCE)
{
//
fs->weight = (float) (fs->maxweight + fs->minweight) * scale;
//get the weight between bounds
if (fs->weight < fs->minweight) fs->weight = fs->minweight;
else if (fs->weight > fs->maxweight) fs->weight = fs->maxweight;
} //end else if
if (fs->next) ScaleFuzzySeperator_r(fs->next, scale);
} //end of the function ScaleFuzzySeperator_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void ScaleWeight(weightconfig_t *config, char *name, float scale)
{
int i;
if (scale < 0) scale = 0;
else if (scale > 1) scale = 1;
for (i = 0; i < config->numweights; i++)
{
if (!strcmp(name, config->weights[i].name))
{
ScaleFuzzySeperator_r(config->weights[i].firstseperator, scale);
break;
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function ScaleWeight
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void ScaleFuzzySeperatorBalanceRange_r(fuzzyseperator_t *fs, float scale)
{
if (fs->child)
{
ScaleFuzzySeperatorBalanceRange_r(fs->child, scale);
} //end if
else if (fs->type == WT_BALANCE)
{
float mid = (fs->minweight + fs->maxweight) * 0.5;
//get the weight between bounds
fs->maxweight = mid + (fs->maxweight - mid) * scale;
fs->minweight = mid + (fs->minweight - mid) * scale;
if (fs->maxweight < fs->minweight)
{
fs->maxweight = fs->minweight;
} //end if
} //end else if
if (fs->next) ScaleFuzzySeperatorBalanceRange_r(fs->next, scale);
} //end of the function ScaleFuzzySeperatorBalanceRange_r
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void ScaleFuzzyBalanceRange(weightconfig_t *config, float scale)
{
int i;
if (scale < 0) scale = 0;
else if (scale > 100) scale = 100;
for (i = 0; i < config->numweights; i++)
{
ScaleFuzzySeperatorBalanceRange_r(config->weights[i].firstseperator, scale);
} //end for
} //end of the function ScaleFuzzyBalanceRange
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
int InterbreedFuzzySeperator_r(fuzzyseperator_t *fs1, fuzzyseperator_t *fs2,
fuzzyseperator_t *fsout)
{
if (fs1->child)
{
if (!fs2->child || !fsout->child)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "cannot interbreed weight configs, unequal child\n");
return qfalse;
} //end if
if (!InterbreedFuzzySeperator_r(fs2->child, fs2->child, fsout->child))
{
return qfalse;
} //end if
} //end if
else if (fs1->type == WT_BALANCE)
{
if (fs2->type != WT_BALANCE || fsout->type != WT_BALANCE)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "cannot interbreed weight configs, unequal balance\n");
return qfalse;
} //end if
fsout->weight = (fs1->weight + fs2->weight) / 2;
if (fsout->weight > fsout->maxweight) fsout->maxweight = fsout->weight;
if (fsout->weight > fsout->minweight) fsout->minweight = fsout->weight;
} //end else if
if (fs1->next)
{
if (!fs2->next || !fsout->next)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "cannot interbreed weight configs, unequal next\n");
return qfalse;
} //end if
if (!InterbreedFuzzySeperator_r(fs1->next, fs2->next, fsout->next))
{
return qfalse;
} //end if
} //end if
return qtrue;
} //end of the function InterbreedFuzzySeperator_r
//===========================================================================
// config1 and config2 are interbreeded and stored in configout
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void InterbreedWeightConfigs(weightconfig_t *config1, weightconfig_t *config2,
weightconfig_t *configout)
{
int i;
if (config1->numweights != config2->numweights ||
config1->numweights != configout->numweights)
{
botimport.Print(PRT_ERROR, "cannot interbreed weight configs, unequal numweights\n");
return;
} //end if
for (i = 0; i < config1->numweights; i++)
{
InterbreedFuzzySeperator_r(config1->weights[i].firstseperator,
config2->weights[i].firstseperator,
configout->weights[i].firstseperator);
} //end for
} //end of the function InterbreedWeightConfigs
//===========================================================================
//
// Parameter: -
// Returns: -
// Changes Globals: -
//===========================================================================
void BotShutdownWeights(void)
{
int i;
for( i = 0; i < MAX_WEIGHT_FILES; i++ )
{
if (weightFileList[i])
{
FreeWeightConfig2(weightFileList[i]);
weightFileList[i] = NULL;
} //end if
} //end for
} //end of the function BotShutdownWeights

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more